Вы находитесь на странице: 1из 1441

www.minilablaser.

com

SERVICE MANUAL

DIGITAL MINILAB

FRONTIER 330
FUJIFILM SCANNER AND LASER PRINTER
FRONTIER SLP-800SC
Servicing and Electrical Circuit Diagrams

System Disk Ver.1.0 First Edition


PP3-C917E
www.minilablaser.com

1 MENU
2 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION
3 MESSAGES AND ACTIONS
4 SOFTWARE INSTALLATION
5 MAINTENANCE MENU
6 TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ABNORMAL IMAGES
7 OPERATION SECTION
8 FILM CARRIER SECTION
9 SCANNER SECTION
10 PAPER SUPPLY SECTION
11 PAPER FEED SECTION
12 REGISTRATION AND EXPOSURE SECTIONS
13 PRINTER EXIT SECTION
14 PROCESSOR SECTION
15 PROCESSING SOLUTION CIRCULATION SYSTEM
16 PROCESSING SOLUTION REPLENISHMENT SYSTEM
17 DRYER/SORTER SECTION
18 ELECTRICAL SECTION
19 ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT DIAGRAMS
20 APPENDIX
www.minilablaser.com

INTRODUCTION

This Servicing Manual outlines the maintenance and servicing procedures for the Fujifilm Digital Minilab
FRONTIER 330 SLP-800SC.

This manual is a professional publication provided for qualified service personnel or persons fully trained in
equipment service procedures. All other personnel and operators are restricted from servicing the SLP-800SC.
When maintenance service is needed, be sure to contact qualified service personnel.

Precautions Generally Applying to All Serving Operations

! WARNING
When servicing internal machine parts, make sure the built-in circuit breaker and the main power supply on the power
distribution board are both set to the OFF position.
If the main power is left ON, electricity will flow as far as the power supply section, and this can cause electric shocks and/or
short-circuiting.
If the power is left on, there is also the possibility for the machine to maybe accidentally activated causing damage to the
machine and/or bodily injury.

! CAUTION
The light source section and dryer will be hot to the touch. Wait 15 minutes after turning off the power before commencing
with servicing procedures.

• Wear gloves when handling the optical system parts to keep the parts free from fingerprints.

• When mounting machine parts, take care not to sandwich any of the wires.

• Each of the connectors is provided with a symbol indicating what it is to be connected to. Make sure the connectors are
connected to the connectors, harness ends or parts bearing the corresponding symbols.

• The plastic connectors have a locking catch on the plug (male) end. To disconnect one of these connectors, loosen the
catch first; to connect, make sure the catch engages (locks).

Service Manual Appropriations

1. All rights are reserved by the Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd. (FUJIFILM).

2. Manual usage is restricted to FUJIFILM equipment related technical and service


personnel.

3. This manual contains information relating to FUJIFILM equipment and is therefore


proprietary. Unauthorized disclosure is prohibited.

4. FUJIFILM’s prior consent is required in regard to the following.

K Manual copying in whole or in part.


K Disclosure of manual contents to unauthorized personnel.
K Manual uses for purposes other than technical service.
www.minilablaser.com

1. MENU

1.1 Menu Table


www.minilablaser.com

1.1 Menu Table


Classification User (Password)
Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
No. Screen No. Display Menu No. Pull-down Menu Sub Menu Manager
– 0000 6666 7777
0 Main Menu K K K K
1 Pre-operational 12 Check Item K K K K
Check Display
13 Scanner K K K K
Correction
14 Processor
Temperature K K K K
Check
15 Control Strip K K K K
Processing
16 Print Condition K K K K
Upkeep
2 (1) Quit K K K K
(2) Printing (1) Index Print 135 K K K K
IX240 K K K K
(2) Back Print 135/120 K K K K
IX240 K K K K
Back Print of
Custom Setting K K K K
(Display)
(3) Front Print K K K K
(4) P.SET Initial Setting K K K K
(5) Special Film CH Select K K K K
(6) Print Mode Selection Normal Print K K K K
Mounted Print K K K K
Frame/Character K K K K
Print
Red-eye/Soft/ K K K K
Cross
Digital Image K K K K
Import (sRGB)
Digital Image
Import K K K K
(No convert)
Digital Image K K K K
Export
Digital Image K K K K
Export and Print
(7) Cropping Center Cropping K K K K
Free Cropping K K K K
(8) Preview K K K K
(9) Exposure Condition K K K K
Retrieve
(3) Scanner Op. (1) Original Select K K K K
(2) →Reorder⇔→1st Print K K K K
(3) P.Size in Mixed Process K K K K
(4) Frame Display Switch
K K K K
6⇔1
(5) Sort Data Display/Setting K K K K
(6) Frame→Feed K K K K
(7) AF K K K K
www.minilablaser.com

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)


Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
No. Screen No. Display Menu No. Pull-down Menu Sub Menu Manager
– 0000 6666 7777
(4) Image Correction (1) Tone Adjustment K K K K
(2) Sharpness K K K K
(3) Monotone Correction K K K K
(4) RP-tone Correction K K K K
(5) Auto Correction ON/OFF K K K K
(6) Custom Setting Number K K K K
Selection
(7) Frame/Character Print K K K K
(8) Retouch K K K K
(5) Printer Op. (1) Processor Start⇔Stop K K K K
3 Post- 31 Check Item K K K K
operational Display
Check
411 Product K K K K
Information 1
35 Next Timer ON
Date/Time K K K K
Confirmation
4 Setup and 41 System Operation 411 Production Information 1 K K K K
Maintenance Setup and Check
412 Production Information 2 K K K
414 Timer Setup K K K
415 Error Information Check 415 Error log K K K
information
41C Accumulated K K K
error information
416 Installation Information K K K
Reference
417 Data Backup K K K
41E Clear Error Log K
41F Installation Information K
Setup
41G Shipping Information K
Reference
41I DI Manager K K K
Administrative Setting
41J Timer Waiting Time Setup K K K
42 Print Condition 421 Paper Condition Setup K K K K
Setup and Check
422 Processor Temperature K K K K
Check
423 Control Strip Processing K K K K
424 Print Size Setup K K K
426 Monitor Adjustment K K K
42C Image Correction Setup K K
42D Fine Adjustment of the K K
Print Mag. Setting
42E Special Film Channel K K K
Setting
42G Monotone Correction K K K
Setting
42J Paper Condition Method K
Setup
42K Shop Logo Registration/ K K K
Delete
www.minilablaser.com

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)


Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
No. Screen No. Display Menu No. Pull-down Menu Sub Menu Manager
– 0000 6666 7777
42L Template Registration/ K K K
Delete
42M Custom Setting K K K
Registration/Delete
42N Holiday File Registration/ K K K
Delete
43 Scanner 431 Input Check K K K
Adjustment/
Maintenance 432 Focus Calibration K K K
433 Focus Position K K K
Adjustment
434 Operation Information K K K
Display
43A I/O Check K
43B Carrier Inclination Display K
43C CCD Data Display K K K
43D Lens Registration K K
43E Optical Axis Adjustment K K
43F Optical Magnification K K
Calibration
43G Bright Correction K K K K
43H Dark Correction K K
43J Spectral Calibration K
43K DC Offset Cancel K K
43L LED Light Amount K K
Adjustment
43U Unexposed Frame Detect K K K K
Level
44 Carrier 441 Mask Position Adjustment K K K
Adjustment/
Maintenance 442 NC100AC Input Check K K K
448 Monitor Frame Ratio K K K
Setup
44A NC100AC Sensor K K
Calibration
44C NC100AC Sensor K K
Calibration Information
44D NC100AC Installation K
Information Display
44E NC100AC Installation K
Information Setup
44F NC100AC I/O Check K
44K NC100AC Machine Data K
Setup
44M NC100AC Magnetic K
Information Reading
44N NC100AC Magnetic Verify K
44R NC100AC Fixed Feeding K K K K
Setup
45 Printer 451 Paper Magazine K K K
Adjustment/ Registration
Maintenance
452 Paper Feed Length K K K
Adjustment
453 Test Pattern Printing K K
www.minilablaser.com

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)


Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
No. Screen No. Display Menu No. Pull-down Menu Sub Menu Manager
– 0000 6666 7777
454 G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal K K K
Temperature Setup
455 Paper Feed K K K
456 Printer Temperature K K K
Display
457 Printer Input Check K K K
458 Image Position Fine K K K
Adjustment
45A Printer I/O Check K
45B Filter Replacement K
History
45C Laser Exposure Check K K
45D R Laser (R-LD) Data K K
45E G Laser (G-SHG) Data K K
45F B Laser (B-SHG) Data K K
45G Scanning Position/
Scanning Home Position K K
Parameter Setup
45H Main Scanning Position
Adjustment/Laser Beam K
Sync. Rough Adjustment
45J Laser Beam Sync. Fine K
Adjustment Print
45K Laser History Display K
45L Paper Condition Setup K
Table (LUT) Copy
45M Printer Mechanism Fine K
Adjustment
45N Back Printer Test K
45P Printer Operation Data K
Display
45Q Clearing Selected Printer K
Operation Data
45R Clearing All Operation K
Data
45S Side Register Calibration K
45T Data Saving K
45U Data Download K
45V Precut Length Setting K K K
46 Processor 461 Pump Output K K
Adjustment/ Measurement/Setting
Maintenance
462 Auto Cleaning Output K K
Measurement/Setting
463 Processing Temperature K K K
Setting
464 Replenisher Rate Setting K K K
465 Evaporation Correction K K K
Rate Setting
466 Low Volume Setup K K K
467 Processor Temperature K K K
Calibration
468 Processor Input Check K K K
46A Processor I/O Check K
www.minilablaser.com

1.1 Menu Table

Classification User (Password)


Laboratory
Operator SE1 SE2
No. Screen No. Display Menu No. Pull-down Menu Sub Menu Manager
– 0000 6666 7777
46B Processor Operating K K
Condition Setup
46C Processor Operation Data K
Display
46D Clearing Selected K
Processor Operation Data
46E Processor Operation Data K
Display 2
46F Installation K
49 Self-Diagnostic 491 Trouble Help K
492 Help Update K
493 Abnormal Image Check K
494 Paper Feed Check K
410 Special Operations 410A Paint K
410B Explorer K
410C Command K
www.minilablaser.com

2. MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

2.1 Maintenance Schedule


2.2 Regular Maintenance and
Inspection Table
2.3 Maintenance and Inspection
2.3.1 Laser Unit Air Filter Replacement
2.3.2 Cutter Inspection
2.3.3 Dryer Rack Roller Inspection/Cleaning
2.3.4 Processing Solution Level Sensor Inspection
2.3.5 Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspection
2.3.6 Processing Rack Drive Gear Lubrication
2.3.7 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication
2.3.8 Replenisher Cartridge Washing Nozzle
Cleaning
2.3.9 Circulation Pump Inspection
2.3.10 Processing Rack Roller Inspection
2.3.11 Processing Tank Heater Inspection
2.3.12 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Lubrication
www.minilablaser.com

2.1 Maintenance Schedule

Day
Schedule (Every)
Pre-operational Post-operational Week Month 3 Months Year
Item
Check Check
Diffusion Box Clean
Auto Film Carrier NC100AC Clean
Control Strip Process/Check
Magnetic Heads of Auto Film Carrier NC100AC Clean
No.6 Crossover Rack Wash
Light Source Cooling Air Filter Clean
Printer Section Cooling Air Filters Clean
Power Supply Section Cooling Air Filter Clean
Control Section Cooling Air Filter Clean
Solution Heater Cooling Air Filters Clean
Dryer Air Filter Clean
Crossover Racks Wash
Dryer Entrance Guide/Roller Clean
Circulation Filters Replace
Processing Racks Wash
Laser Unit Cooling Air filter Replace
Densitometer Whiteboard Clean
Auto Washing Nozzle Joint Rubbers Replace
G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup Execute*
*: Message to indicate execution will appear on the screen one month after initial installation and every three months thereafter.
www.minilablaser.com

2.2 Regular Maintenance and Inspection Table

Implementation Period (Every) Refer to


6 Months Year 2 Years 3 Years
Item Subsection:
Main Scanning Position/Laser Beam 5.6.15/
Scanner Inspect
Synchronous Adjustment 5.6.16
Laser Unit Air Filter Replace 2.3.1
Printer Cutter Inspect Replace 2.3.2/10.4.2
Sub-scanning Steel Belt Replace 12.3.2
Replenisher Pump Output Measure/Set up 5.7.1
Auto Cleaning Output Measure/Set up 5.7.2
Dryer Rack Rollers Inspect/Clean 2.3.3
Processing Solution Lever Sensors Inspect 2.3.4
Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspect 2.3.5
Processing Rack Drive Gears Lubricate 2.3.6
Processor Drive Chain Lubricate 2.3.7
Processor
Replenisher Cartridge Washing Nozzles Clean 2.3.8
Circulation Pumps Inspect 2.3.9
Processing Rack Rollers Inspect 2.3.10
Processing Tank Heaters Inspect 2.3.11
Processing Solution Temperature Sensors Inspect/Calibrate 5.7.7
Hose Clamps Inspect 15.2.8
Dryer Rack Drive Chain Lubricate 2.3.12
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection


2.3.1 Laser Unit Air Filter Replacement
Removal

1. Shut OFF the system after performing the


post-operational checks and turn OFF the
built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply.

2. Open the magazine door and remove the


front upper cover.

Front Upper Cover


Magazine Door
CD006
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

3. Loosen the screw, remove the screw and Screw (Remove) Screw (Loosen)
then the filter section cover. Filter Section Cover

CD708
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

4. Loosen the screw and remove the air filter. Air Filter

Installation

Install the air filter in the reverse order of


removal.
After installation, click [Replace] in the menu
45B “Filter Replacement History” screen.

Screw (Loosen)

CD709
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.2 Cutter Inspection


1. In menu 452 “Paper Feed Length
Adjustment”, enter “82.5” in “Small Size”
boxes and “254.0” in “Large Size” boxes for
both “Feed length set value” and “Actual
measured value”.
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2. In menu 453 “Test Pattern Printing”, print


“Grid” patterns with “254.0” and “82.5”
lengths for all paper magazines to be used.

3. Check the edges of the prints. If they are


rough, replace the cutter with a new one
(see subsection 10.4.2).

4. Measure and record the length of the grid


test pattern prints.
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

5. In menu 452 “Paper Feed Length


Adjustment”, enter actual measured lengths
in “Actual measured value” boxes.

6. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.3 Dryer Rack Roller Inspection/Cleaning


1. Remove the dryer section
cover (see subsection 17.1.1).

2. Inspect the dryer rollers for: Spring (No Mark)


Spring (Black Mark)
• smooth rotation by turning them
Spring (Red Mark)
by hand.

• paper passage without deflection


by turning the knob by hand.

• surface damage.
Black soft (ø32)
Black hard (ø20)
• nip coil spring deterioration. Black soft (ø20)
White hard (ø20)
White hard (ø20)
3. Clean or replace the parts if White hard (ø20)
White hard (ø20)
necessary. Brown hard (ø20)
White soft (ø20)
Black hard (ø22)
4. Reinstall the dryer section Black hard (ø20)
cover. Black hard (ø16)
CD226
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.4 Processing Solution Level Sensor Inspection


1. Open the menu 468 “Processor Section
Input Check” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2. Remove the circulation filter section cover.

3. Remove the screw and then the level sensor. Screw

Level Sensor
CD348
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

4. Immerse the tip of the sensor in water and


move it up and down. The sensor is normal if
it matches the screen display.
Level Sensor

5. Reinstall the level sensor and circulation


filter section cover.

Water

EZ243
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.5 Waste Solution Level Sensor Inspection


1. Open the circuit board bracket
(see subsection 15.3.2).

2. Remove the waste solution tank cap.

Waste Solution Tank Cap


CD330
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

3. Turn ON the main power supply and the


built-in circuit breaker and start the system
up by pressing the START switch.

4. Open the menu 468 “Processor Section


Input Check” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

5. Immerse the tip of the sensor in water and


move it up and down. The sensor is normal if
it matches the screen display.

6. Reinstall the level sensor and removed


parts.

Sensor
Water
CD1088
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.6 Processing Rack Drive Gear Lubrication


1. Shut OFF the system after performing the
post-operational checks and turn OFF the
built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply.

2. Remove the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks. Drive Gears

3. Apply the recommended grease to the drive


gears.

Recommended Grease:
FUJI MINILAB GREASE FOR CHAIN AND
GEAR
(P/N 891G02003) or equivalent

4. Reinstall the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks.

E116
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.7 Processor Drive Chain Lubrication


1. Shut OFF the system after performing the
post-operational checks and turn OFF the
built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply.

2. Remove the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks. Drive Chain

3. Wipe off grease from the drive chain and


sprockets.

4. Apply the recommended grease to the drive


chain.

Recommended Grease:
FUJI MINILAB GREASE FOR CHAIN AND
GEAR
(P/N 891G02003) or equivalent

E116
5. Reinstall the crossover racks.
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.8 Replenisher Cartridge Washing Nozzle Cleaning


1. Open the replenisher box door and remove
the replenisher cartridge.

2. Clean the washing nozzles using a


toothbrush.

3. Install the replenisher cartridge and close Toothbrush


the door.

Washing Nozzles
EZ758
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.9 Circulation Pump Inspection


1. Remove the circulation pump section cover
(see subsection 15.2.1).

2. Turn ON the main power supply and the


built-in circuit breaker and start the system
up by pressing the START switch.

3. Open the menu 46A “Processor Section I/O


Check” screen.

4. Check the pumps for proper operation by


clicking [ON] and [OFF] for “PU401 to PU406
Circulation Pumps”.

5. Reinstall the circulation pump section cover.


www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.10 Processing Rack Roller Inspection


1. Remove the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks
and wash them with warm water
(30°C to 40°C/86°F to 104°F).

2. Remove the P1 processing rack and wash it


with warm water.

3. Check for:

• smooth rotation by turning the rollers by hand.

• paper passage without deflection by turning


the knob by hand.

• damage on the roller surface.

• deterioration of the roller nip coil spring.


CD225
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

4. Return the P1 processing rack and install the Splash Prevention Cover
contamination prevention cover over the P1
tank.
5. Install the splash cover over the dryer fan
section.
6. Remove the P2 to PS4 processing rack and
perform step 3.

IMPORTANT:
Take special care to prevent overflow of the P2
solution into the P1 solution.

7. If the soft rollers on the racks are slimy, wipe Contamination


them clean with a cloth moistened with warm Prevention Cover
water. CD117
8. Replace the parts if necessary.
9. Remove the contamination prevention cover
and splash prevention cover.
10. Reinstall the No.1 to No.6 crossover racks.
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.11 Processing Tank Heater Inspection


1. Start the system up and open the menu 422
“Processor Temperature Check” screen.

2. Check that the temperatures increase


properly.

3. If the temperature increases slowly or does


not rise, the circulation filters are clogged or
the safety thermostat or heater may
malfunction.

Safety Thermostat Replacement:


See subsection 15.2.5.
Processing Tank Heater Replacement:
See subsection 15.2.6.
www.minilablaser.com

2.3 Maintenance and Inspection

2.3.12 Dryer Rack Drive Chain Lubrication


1. Shut OFF the system after performing the
post-operational checks and turn OFF the
built-in circuit breaker and the main power
supply.

2. Remove the dryer section cover Drive Chain


(see subsection 17.1.1).

3. Wipe grease off the dryer rack drive chain


and sprockets.

4. Apply the recommended grease to the drive


chain.

Recommended Grease:
FUJI MINILAB GREASE FOR CHAIN AND
GEAR
(P/N 891G02003) or equivalent E117

5. Reinstall the dryer section cover.


www.minilablaser.com

3. MESSAGES AND ACTIONS

3.1 Error Indication Rule


3.1.1 Message Number
3.1.2 Message Icon
3.1.3 X-#### Actions

3.2 Messages and Actions


www.minilablaser.com

3.1 Error Indication Rule


3.1.1 Message Number
The messages are identified by the following four codes.

Symbol Error
E Trouble (Error requires action of the service representative.)
W Mismatching of condition (Error can be corrected by the operator.)
I Information
X Software trouble

The first two digits indicate the location or operation of the error occurred.

No. Error Location


11XX Scanner
12XX CTC22 circuit board
13XX Scanner image processing
14XX Film carrier
15XX Operation
21XX Scanner to printer interface
22XX Printer operation
23XX Printer control
24XX Paper feed
25XX Laser printer
26XX Processor

3.1.2 Message Icon


Icon Error
Errors with code “E” (Take measures after turning OFF the power
supply.)
Errors with code “E” , “W” or “X” (Error can be recovered.)

For code “I” (Informations)

3.1.3 X-#### Actions


X-#### errors (software error)

Take the following actions.

1. Write down the error number.


2. Restart the system.
3. Reinstall the software if the problem persists.
4. Create the report in the specified format.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions


No. Message Factor Actions
W-1101 Film or mask not installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. A film or mask is not installed. 1. Install the film or mask correctly.
Install film or mask. 2. Film leading end sensor/mask sensor -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in connector replace the harness.
-to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected
or broken harness
3. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 3. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-1102 No optical magnification An operation such as scanning was
calibration data. attempted without first performing the optical
Optical magnification calibration magnification calibration.
not done. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. The calibration that was registered after 1. Perform “Optical Magnification
representative. the lens was exchanged has not been Calibration (43F).”
performed.
I-1103 Carrier installation data will be Confirmation message before writing data to –
written into the carrier the EEPROM
EEPROM.

Do not remove the carrier.


W-1104 Scanner correction not A scanning operation was attempted without Perform the scanner correction at the
performed. first performing the scanner adjustment/ pre-operational check.
maintenance.
Perform the scanner correction
in “ 1. Pre-operational Check ”.
W-1105 Carrier not installed correctly or An operation such as scanning was
no carrier installed. attempted while the carrier was not installed.
(Causes of the error message)
Install carrier correctly. 1. The carrier is not installed. 1. Install the carrier.
2. Plug-in connector -to- CTC22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board, poorly connected or broken replace the harness.
harness
3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1107 Carrier upper cover opened. An operation such as scanning was
attempted while the carrier cover was open.
Remove carrier and then close (Causes of the error message)
carrier cover. 1. The carrier pressure cover was opened 1. Remove the carrier and close the
after the carrier was installed. pressure cover.
2. Upper cover open/close sensor (D120) - 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in replace the harness.
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly
connected or broken harness
3. Faulty D120 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1109 Scanner correction not started Scanner correction was attempted with film NC100AC: Remove film.
because the film or mask exists. or mask left installed. M69D: Install the calibration mask.

Remove film or mask.


W-1110 Diffusion box not installed. Scanning was attempted without the diffusion
box installed.
Install it. (Causes of the error message)
1. The diffusion box is not set correctly. 1. Install the diffusion box correctly.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the harness or repair/
between the diffusion box sensor and replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1111 No data for focus calibration. An operation such as scanning was Perform “Focus Calibration (432).”
Focus calibration not performed. attempted without first performing the focus
Perform the focus calibration in calibration.
“ 3. Scanner Adjustment / (Causes of the error message)
Maintenance ” in “ 4. Setup and 1. The necessary data set has not been
Maintenance ”. created.
2. The necessary data set was deleted by
mistake.
W-1112 No focus position adjustment An operation such as scanning was Install the correct carrier/mask and
data for each carrier. attempted without first performing the focus perform “Focus Position Adjustment
Focus position adjustment for position adjustment. (433).”
each carrier not performed. (Causes of the error message)
Perform the focus position 1. The necessary data set has not been
adjustment in “ 3. Scanner created.
Adjustment / Maintenance ” in 2. The necessary data set was deleted by
“ 4. Setup and Maintenance ”. mistake.
I-1114 Measuring. An operation such as the optical Wait until the operation is completed.
magnification calibration, focus calibration, or
Please wait. LED light amount adjustment is in progress.
E-1117 No lens data registered. An operation such as scanning was
Lens registration not performed. attempted without the lens data registered.
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. The necessary data set was deleted by 1. Register “Lens ID No.” and “Lens focal
mistake. distance” in “Lens Register (43D).”
E-1118 No optical magnification An operation such as scanning was
calibration data. attempted without first performing the optical
Optical magnification calibration magnification calibration.
not performed. (Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. 1. The calibration that was registered after 1. Perform “Optical Magnification
the lens was exchanged has not been Calibration (43F).”
performed.
W-1120 Wrong combination of carrier, The film carrier and diffusion box do not
mask and diffusion box. match.
(Causes of the error message)
Install the carrier and diffusion 1. 135 diffusion box is installed. 1. Install the 120 diffusion box.
box in a correct combination. 2. Incorrect wiring to the diffusion box sensor 2. Repair or replace the sensor.
(D201, D202)
W-1121 Carrier not installed correctly or An operation such as scanning was
no carrier installed. attempted without the carrier installed.
(Causes of the error message)
Install carrier correctly. 1. The carrier pressure cover was opened 1. Remove the carrier and close the
after the carrier was installed. pressure cover.
2. Upper cover open/close sensor (D120) - 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in replace the harness.
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly
connected or broken harness
3. Faulty D120 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1122 Film or cartridge remains. An operation such as scanning was
attempted with film remaining.
Remove the carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
take out the film or cartridge. 1. The cartridge was left in the carrier. 1. Remove the cartridge.
2. Cartridge sensor (D115) -to- CYS22 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
circuit board -to- plug-in connector -to- replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected or
broken harness
3. Faulty D115 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1123 No film. (Causes of the error message)
1. Scanning was attempted without the film 1. Set the film.
Insert film. installed.
2. Film leading end sensor (D101/D104) -to- 2. Reconnect the harness or repair/
CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in connector replace the harness.
-to- CTP22 circuit board, poorly connected
or broken harness
3. Faulty D101/D104 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-1126 DC offset cancel failed. The level is not within the specified range
even if the DC level is set to the lower limit.
Even in the minimum setting the (Causes of the error message)
DC level was beyond the aim 1. Faulty CCD, ADC, and image processing 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
range. section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.
2. Faulty harness between the image 2. Repair or replace the harness.
processing section and the CCD circuit
board
3. Faulty power supply unit 3. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.

*The light source and CTC22 circuit board do


not cause this problem.
E-1127 DC offset cancel failed. The DC offset could not be adjusted normally.
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty CCD, ADC, and image processing 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
persist, consult your technical section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
representative. in this menu 493.
2. Blown fuse (FE5, FE7) in the CTC22 2. Replace the fuse.
circuit board
3. Blown fuse (FH3, FH32, FH38, or FH39) in 3. Replace the fuse.
the PWR22 circuit board
W-1130 The auto light amount The auto light amount adjustment could not
adjustment failed because the be completed in the auto focus mode or
output in the scanner section is during brightness correction.
too much. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty CCD, light source, and image 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
Check the light source, scanner processing section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
and carrier sections, and then in this menu 493.
film. 2. Faulty power supply unit 2. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
E-1131 DC offset cancel failed. The level is not within the specified range
even if the DC level is set to the upper limit.
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty CCD, ADC, and image processing 1. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
section circuit boards (493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.
2. Faulty power supply unit 2. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1132 Auto focus failed. The auto focus function could not achieve
proper focus.
Check if carrier, film and mask (Causes of the error message)
are set correctly. 1. The carrier is not firmly pressed against 1. Install the carrier correctly.
the carrier base.
2. The film is not firmly pressed. 2. Check the carrier upper mask for the
state, or perform “NC100AC Input/
Output Check (44F)” to check mask
pressing operation.
3. Faulty scanner drive section (Lens/ 3. Repair the drive section.
Conjugate length variable motor)
4. There is an obstacle in the optical path 4. Remove the obstacle.
(between the original negative and the
lens).
5. The original negative is not set, or the 5. Set the original negative or check it for
current process focused the optical the state.
system on an unexposed part of a film.
W-1133 Incorrect carrier ID. Incorrect carrier is going to be used to Install the correct carrier.
perform adjustment/maintenance.
Install correct carrier.
W-1135 Incorrect diffusion box. (Causes of the error message)
1. Adjustment was attempted with an 1. Install the correct diffusion box.
Install the correct diffusion box. incorrect diffusion box.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the harness or repair/
between the diffusion box sensor and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1140 Mask not installed. A mask specially designed for the brightness Install a mask specially designed for the
correction is not installed for the spectral brightness correction.
Install mask. calibration, focus position adjustment, or
brightness correction.
W-1143 The display data will be cleared. Data clear confirmation message on Press [OK] or [Cancel].
operational information data
OK?
I-1144 Initializing. The mechanism is being initialized after the Wait until the initialization is completed.
maintenance on a carrier or other parts has
Please wait. been performed.
I-1145 Perform the bright correction. The brightness correction for the spectral Install the manual film carrier with the
calibration is going to start. calibration mask and then press [OK].
Install the carrier.
I-1146 Measurement was completed The spectral calibration is now completed. Press [OK].
correctly.
I-1147 Sensor calibration data will be Confirmation message on writing data into –
written into carrier EEPROM. the EEPROM

Do not remove the carrier.


I-1148 Correction data will be written Confirmation message on writing data into –
into the carrier EEPROM. the EEPROM

Do not remove the carrier.


www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1152 Communication error occurred. Timeout occurred between the scanner PC
and SH.
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. Communication error due to the SCSI 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
cable between the main control unit and
the GHT22 circuit board
2. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 2. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
3. The GHT22 circuit board is faulty or the 3. Reconnect or replace the CHT22
board is not installed correctly. circuit board.
4. Faulty SCSI board in the main control unit. 4. Replace the SCSI board in the main
control unit.
W-1153 Auto-focus failure. During the auto focus operation, the peak
was always at the highest position even
Check if carrier, film and mask though the same operation was tried again.
are installed correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. The carrier is off the surface. 1. Install the carrier correctly.
2. The manual film carrier mask is not 2. Install the mask correctly.
installed correctly.
3. The film is not pressed correctly against 3. Confirm whether or not the film is
the surface or film curling is excessive. installed.
4. Focus position maladjustment 4. Perform “Focus Position Adjustment
(433).”
5. Home position detection failure of the 5. Replace the CCD unit.
scanner-related mechanism drive section,
or other drive system failure
W-1156 Auto-focus failure. During the auto focus operation, the peak
was always at the lowest position even
Check if carrier, film and mask though the same operation was tried again.
are installed correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. The carrier is off the surface. 1. Install the carrier correctly.
2. The manual film carrier mask is not 2. Install the mask correctly.
installed correctly.
3. The film is not pressed correctly against 3. Confirm whether or not the film is
the surface or film curling is excessive. installed.
4. Focus position maladjustment 4. Perform “Focus Position Adjustment
(433).”
5. Home position detection failure of the 5. Replace the CCD unit.
scanner-related mechanism drive section,
or other drive system failure
W-1157 No FD or wrong FD inserted. A floppy disk insertion error occurred during
the spectral calibration.
Insert the calibration FD into the (Causes of the error message)
drive. 1. The floppy disk used for the spectral 1. Insert the correct floppy disk.
calibration is not inserted.
2. The data on the floppy disk is corrupted. 2. Use an error-free floppy disk.
3. The FDD in the main control unit is faulty. 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1159 Image data judge error Image data criterion error occurred during the
occurred. spectral calibration.
(Causes of the error message)
Insert film again. 1. The spectral calibration chart is upside 1. Try the operation again after checking
down, inverted or out of sequence. the procedure and original used.
2. Film type is incorrectly exchanged 2. Try the operation again after checking
between the positive and negative films the original used.
when writing data into a floppy disk.
3. Incorrect chart 3. Replace or clean the chart.
4. Incorrect shade 4. Check whether or not the shield mask
and external light satisfy the required
conditions.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1160 Calculating of adjustment A calculation error occurred with a spectral
parameter failed. adjustment parameter during the spectral
calibration.
Measurement cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
1. The spectral calibration chart is upside 1. Try the operation again after checking
down, inverted or out of sequence. the procedure and original used.
2. Film type is incorrectly exchanged 2. Try the operation again after checking
between the positive and negative films the original used.
when writing data into a floppy disk.
3. Incorrect chart 3. Replace or clean the chart.
4. Incorrect shade 4. Check whether or not the shield mask
and external light satisfy the required
conditions.
W-1164 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the pre-scanning
pre-scan. process used with the spectral calibration.
(Causes of the error message)
Measurement cancelled. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
2. Faulty hardware 2. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
(493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.
W-1165 An error occurred during the An error occurred while executing a fine- Confirm that the order and contents of
fine-scan. scanning used with the spectral calibration. the procedure are correct.
(Causes of the error message) Perform “Abnormal Image Check (493)” if
Measurement cancelled. 1. The original and floppy disk do not match. the hardware is suspected.
2. The original is upside down, inverted or
out of sequence.
3. The position verification cursor is out of
place.
4. Abnormality in the CCD unit
5. Abnormality in the light source
W-1166 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the fine-scanning
fine-scan. process used with the spectral calibration.
(Causes of the error message)
Measurement cancelled. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system. If the error occurs
again, reinstall the system software.
2. Faulty hardware 2. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
(493)” and follow the instruction found
in this menu 493.
W-1169 Wrong mask. The 135M mask is not installed when the
spectral calibration is performed.
Install the mask again. (Causes of the error message)
1. A mask other than the specified one is 1. Install the correct mask.
installed.
2. Faulty mask sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Mask Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
plug-in connector -to- CTC22 circuit replace the harness.
board, poorly connected or broken
harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1176 Adjusting of LED light amount (Causes of the error message)
failed. 1. Foreign matter is caught in the carrier. 1. Remove the foreign matter.
2. LED is not lit due to poorly connected or 2. Reconnect the harness or repair/
Check if the carrier and mask broken harness. replace the harness.
are set correctly. 3. Faulty LED 3. Replace the LED.
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CCD unit 5. Replace the CCD unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1182 Couldn’t perform the scanner (Causes of the error message)
correction for this carrier. 1. The pre-operational check was attempted 1. Install the NC100AC and re-execute
using the SC135A. this operation in the 135 feed lane.
Install the auto film carrier. 2. Faulty carrier position sensor (D121, 2. Replace the sensor.
D122)
W-1183 Couldn’t perform the scanner The 135F mask is not installed in the auto
correction for this mask. film carrier NC100AC.
(Causes of the error message)
Install the 135F mask in the auto 1. The 135H mask is installed, or no mask is 1. Install the 135F mask and try the
film carrier. installed. operation again.
2. Faulty mask sensor (D118, D119) 2. Replace the sensor.
W-1184 Couldn’t do the scanner (Causes of the error message)
correction with this mask. 1. The scanner correction was attempted 1. Install the calibration mask.
without using the calibration mask for the
Install the calibration mask. manual film carrier.
2. Faulty mask sensor (D118, D119) 2. Replace the sensor.
W-1185 Couldn’t perform the scanner The scanner correction was attempted in the Switch the feed lane to the 135 feed lane.
correction for this lane. auto film carrier(NC100AC) IX240 feed lane.

Switch to 135 lane.


W-1188 Wrong diffusion box. The scanner correction was attempted using
the 120 diffusion box.
Install the 135 diffusion box or (Causes of the error message)
below. 1. The combination of the carrier and the 1. Install the correct diffusion box.
diffusion box is inappropriate.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor (D201, D202) 2. Replace the sensor.
E-1189 A communication error occurred (Causes of the error message)
between the input mechanical 1. Poorly connected or broken 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
control CB and image communication cable 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
processing CB. 2. Faulty system software it if the problem occurs again.
(CTC22-GHT22) 3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
Restart the system. If problems
persist, consult your technical
representative.
I-1190 Reading image. The spectral calibration is in process. Wait until the spectral calibration is
completed.
Please wait.
I-1191 Cancel measurement? The spectral calibration is canceled. Select [OK] or [Cancel].
I-1192 Insert the next film. Message that prompts the operator to set the Set the next film for the spectral
No.%NUM% film used for the spectral calibration. calibration.
W-1193 Auto light amount adjustment The auto light amount adjustment, which is
failed due to the lack of light used in the auto focus and brightness
amount. correction, failed because the LED is not lit,
or the light source section failed
Check the light source, scanner mechanically.
and carrier sections, and then (Causes of the error message)
film. 1. An obstacle is on the diffusion box or in 1. Remove the obstacle.
the carrier.
2. The original is too dark (such as an 2. Check the film.
unexposed positive film).
3. The LED is not lit (faulty LED circuit board, 3. Replace the LED circuit board, the
harness, and CTC22 circuit board) harness, or the CTC22 circuit board.
4. Abnormality in the image processing 4. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
section and the circuit boards related to (493)” and follow the instruction found
the CCD in this menu 493.
5. Faulty power supply unit 5. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1202 The pixel sensitivity correction When the brightness correction is performed Perform the scanner correction in the
not done. as the scanner maintenance, the light source pre-operational check or the “Pixel
shading cannot be performed because the Sensitivity Correction” in “Bright
Perform the correction using the pixel sensitivity correction has not been Correction (43G).”
135 lane for auto film carrier. conducted.
When using the manual film
carrier, perform the correction
with the calibration mask.
I-1203 The correction value registered. Registration confirmation message displayed Press [OK].
when the mask opening position correction is
performed.
I-1204 The setting value stored. Confirmation display used when setting the Press [OK].
monitor frame ratio
W-1205 Wrong carrier. A carrier other than the specified one is
installed during maintenance or adjustment.
Install the correct carrier. (Causes of the error message)
1. A carrier type other than the specified type 1. Set the correct carrier.
is used.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the plug-in connector and CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board
3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1206 Chart pattern not detected. An error occurred while executing the optical
magnification calibration.
1. The reference chart is not installed. 1. Install the reference chart and execute
the operation.
2. The carrier base is out of place. 2. Perform “Optical Axis Adjustment
(43E)” and then “Optical Magnification
Adjustment (43F).”
W-1219 Wrong character type of lens ID. Inappropriate characters are entered. Enter the lens ID as shown in the label on
the lens cone.
Enter the correct lens ID.
W-1220 Lens ID digit out of range. Seven or more characters were entered as Enter the lens ID as shown in the label on
the lens ID in “Lens Registration (43D)”. the lens cone.
Enter the correct lens ID.
W-1221 Lens focal point distance out of The focal length is outside of the specified Enter as shown in the label on the lens
range. range. cone.

Enter the correct focal point


distance.
I-1222 Following adjustment data will Registration data to be updated when Re-execute “Optical Magnification
be deleted. replacing the lens unit Calibration (43F)”, “Focus Calibration
Perform the following menu (432)”, and “Focus Position Adjustment
again. To start adjustment, set (433).”
the dedicated chart.
“ “ Optical Magnification
Calibration ” - “ Focus
Calibration ” - “ Focus Position
Adjustment ” ”
I-1223 Following adjustment data will The operator attempted to register data after Re-execute “Focus Calibration (432) ”
be deleted. executing “Optical Magnification Calibration and “Focus Position Adjustment (433).”
Perform the following menu (43F).”
again.
“ “ Focus Calibration ” - “ Focus
Position Adjustment ” ”
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


I-1226 Focus calibration is in progress. The focus calibration is being performed as –
the scanner maintenance.
Please wait.
I-1227 Following adjustment data will The operator attempted to register data after Re-execute “Focus Position Adjustment
be deleted. executing “Focus Calibration (432).” (433).”

Perform the following menu


again.
“Focus Position Adjustment ”
I-1228 DC offset cancel completed Normal completion message for the DC Press [OK].
normally. offset adjustment.
W-1232 The focus position adjustment Message that confirms that the operator has
for this carrier not done. not adjusted the MFC mask
(Causes of the error message)
Perform the focus position 1. The necessary data has not been created. 1. Install the correct carrier and mask
adjustment in “ 3. Scanner and perform “Focus Position
Adjustment / Maintenance ” in Adjustment (433).”
“ 4. Setup and Maintenance ”.
I-1234 Insert film. The operator is requested to insert a film to Insert film.
be used for the focus position adjustment as
the scanner maintenance.
I-1235 Focus position adjustment is in The focus position adjustment is being Wait until the adjustment is completed.
progress. performed as the scanner maintenance.

Please wait.
E-1238 Warming-up of the light source The warm-up for the LED is not completed 10 When the temperature cannot be
not completed. minutes after the system startup. measured:
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems Check the warm-up for the LED as per “Input
persist, consult your technical Check (431).”
representative. When the temperature cannot be measured:
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
between the LTC22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
LED
2) Faulty LTC22 circuit board 2) Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
3) Faulty LED 3) Replace the LED.

When the Peltier element is faulty: When the Peltier element is faulty:
1) Abnormality with the Peltier element 1) Replace the LED.

When the power is faulty: When the power is faulty:


1) Blown fuse in the PWR22 circuit board 1) Replace the fuse.
2) Poorly connected or broken harness 2) Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
between the PWR22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
LTC22 circuit board
3) Faulty LTC22 circuit board 3) Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
W-1242 Auto-exposure adjustment The auto light amount adjustment failed
failure. because the light amount was unstable
during the auto focus, brightness correction,
Check the light source, scanner and so on.
and carrier sections, and then (Causes of the error message)
film. 1. Faulty light source section (such as the 1.Remove the obstacle or replace the
light source not lit or there is an obstacle) LED, harness, or CTC22 circuit board.
2. External light is detected. 2. Install the shade mask.
3. Abnormality in the CCD circuit board, ADC 3. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
circuit board, or image processing section (493).”
4. Faulty power supply unit 4. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1244 OFD auto adjustment failure. The OFD auto adjustment level is not within
the target range.
Try again or restart the system. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist, consult your 1. The AD timing adjustment has not been 1. Perform the AD timing adjustment
technical representative. performed.
2. Faulty CCD circuit board and the related 2. Perform “Abnormal Image Check
places (493).”
3. Faulty light source section (not lit or dark) 3. Replace the LED unit, harness,
CTC22 circuit board, or diffusion box.
4. Faulty power supply unit 4. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
W-1245 Too many gray pixels. (Causes of the error message)
1. There is dust or an obstacle in the 1. Clean the dust or remove the
Check and clean the optical diffusion box or scanner optical system. obstacle.
system. 2. Vignetting is produced during readout and 2. Remove the cause of the vignetting.
light is not sensed evenly over the whole
surface of CCD.
3. Faulty CCD 3. Replace the CCD unit.
W-1246 Too large gray pixel. (Causes of the error message)
1. There is dust, dirt or an obstacle in the 1. Clean the dust or remove the
Check and clean the optical diffusion box or scanner optical system. obstacle.
system. 2. There is vignetting. 2. Remove the cause of the vignetting.
3. Faulty CCD 3. Replace the CCD unit.
E-1253 Image processing CB failure. Writing data to or reading data from the GIA Perform “Abnormal Image Check (493)”
(GIA22) circuit board has detected a failure. and then follow the instructions in this
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message) self-diagnostic test.
representative. 1. Faulty GIA22 circuit board
2. Faulty GHT22 circuit board (if an error
related to another image processing circuit
board is included)
3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board (if an error
related to another image processing circuit
board is included)
W-1258 Couldn’t perform because the An adjustment such as the OFD auto Remove the carrier and re-execute the
carrier is installed. adjustment was attempted while the carrier operation.
Remove the carrier and perform was installed.
it again.
W-1259 Wrong diffusion box. (Causes of the error message)
1. The operator attempted to perform 1. Install the 120 diffusion box.
Install the diffusion box for 120 maintenance using the 135 diffusion box.
carrier. 2. Incorrect wiring to the diffusion box sensor 2.Repair or replace the sensor.
(D201, D202)
W-1263 Wrong value. A value outside of the specified range was Correct the value.
entered during scanner or carrier
Set the correct value again. maintenance.
I-1265 Writing of data into the carrier Writing data into the EEPROM is now –
EEPROM completed. completed.
W-1266 Wrong carrier type. NC100AC-specific maintenance or
adjustment was attempted using a carrier
Install the auto film carrier. other than NC100AC.
(Causes of the error message)
1. NC100AC is not set. 1. Install NC100AC.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the plug-in connector and CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board.
3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1267 Wrong feeding lane. An operation such as magnetic information
readout was attempted while NC100AC is not
Switch to IX240 lane. at the IX240 feed lane.
(Causes of the error message)
1. NC100AC is not at the IX240 feed lane. 1. Set the carrier in the IX240 feed lane.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the IX240 carrier position sensor replace the harness.
(D121) and CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty D121 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1268 Carrier or feeding lane changed. The manual film carrier was exchanged to the
other type of carrier during spectral
Press the [OK] button to exit, calibration.
and try again. (Causes of the error message)
1. The manual film carrier was exchanged 1. Install the manual film carrier.
with another type of carrier.
2. The feed lane is changed. 2. Install the carrier correctly.
3. Poorly connected plug-in connector or 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
broken harness replace the harness.
E-1269 Detecting of leading frame (Causes of the error message)
failed. 1. A film that has not been exposed was 1. Check the film for exposure.
used.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the unexposed frame sensor replace the harness.
(D108, D109) and CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty sensor (D108, D109) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-1270 Light source temperature not The scanner correction was attempted while
stable yet. Do the scanner the LED temperature control was not
correction after the temperature completed.
is stabled. (Causes of the error message)
1. The optical source stays without the 1. Try it again after a while.
Press the [END] button to exit temperature control for longer time than
the scanner correction. usual because the room temperature is
Press the [Run] button to start low.
the scanner correction ignoring 2. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
the stabilization of the light
source temperature.
I-1275 Correcting the scanner. The scanner correction is in progress. Wait until the scanner correction is
completed.
Please wait.
W-1276 Light source shading not done. The light source shading correction table
does not exist.
Perform the scanner correction (Causes of the error message)
in “ 1. Pre-operational Check ”. 1. While the auto film carrier was used, the 1. Switch the film feed lane or perform
film was inserted by suspending the light the pre-operational check.
source shading on the print screen.
W-1277 LED light amount adjustment The table used to adjust the LED light
not done. amount is unavailable.
(Causes of the error message)
Perform the LED light amount 1.The LED light amount is not adjusted. 1. Perform the adjustments in the order
adjustment in “ 3. Scanner of “LED Light Amount Adjustment
Adjustment / Maintenance ” in (43L)” and “Spectral Calibration (43J).”
“ 4. Setup and Maintenance ”. 2. Foreign matter is caught in the carrier. 2. Remove the foreign matter.
3. Faulty LED 3. Replace the LED.
4. Malfunction of the CCD shutter 4. Replace the CCD unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1278 Mask removed. The mask is out of place.
(Causes of the error message)
Processing cancelled. 1. The mask was removed while the scanner 1. Install the mask and try it again.
was being corrected.
2. Mask sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
plug-in connector -to- CTC22 circuit replace the harness.
board, poorly connected or broken
harness
3. Faulty mask sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-1279 Diffusion box removed. The diffusion box was out of place.
(Causes of the error message)
Processing cancelled. 1. The diffusion box was removed. 1. Install the diffusion box.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor (D201, D202) 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Faulty diffusion box 3. Repair or replace the diffusion box.
W-1280 Film inserted. The carrier needs to be removed because the Remove the film, release the lock lever,
Processing cancelled. film was installed during a scanner and then lock it again.
Install the carrier again. correction.
W-1283 Scanner correction not The pixel sensitivity correction table does not
performed. exist.
(Causes of the error message)
Perform the correction using the 1. The operator attempted to perform 1. Perform the pre-operational check, or
135 lane for auto film carrier. scanning without first performing the “Bright Correction (43G).”
When using the manual film scanner correction.
carrier, perform the correction
with the calibration mask.
W-1289 No film in the mask opening. (Causes of the error message)
1. The leading frame was set while there was 1. Take the film out and try the operation
Insert it again. no film at the mask opening section. again.
2. Faulty film sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
E-1295 Image processing CB not (Causes of the error message)
detected. 1. The GIA22 circuit board is not installed 1. Correctly install the GIA22 circuit
(GIA22) correctly. board.
Consult your technical 2. The GHT22 circuit board is not installed 2. Correctly install the GHT22 circuit
representative. correctly. board.
3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 3. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
E-1301 Image processing section Errors in the GPA22 DSP processing
failure. Image processing not (Causes of the error message)
completed. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
(GPA22) it if the problem occurs again.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 3. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
representative. 4. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 4. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
E-1302 Image processing not completed Timeout in the GPA22-DSP processing
within the time. (Causes of the error message)
(GPA22) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Restart the system. If problems it if the problem occurs again.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 3. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
4. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 4. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
E-1303 Communication error occurred Abnormal end in the GPA22-DSP processing
in image processing. (Causes of the error message)
(GPA22) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Restart the system. If problems it if the problem occurs again.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 3. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
4. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 4. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1406 %MAGAZINE% not installed or The magazine is not installed.
paper end processing in (Causes of the error message)
progress. 1. The magazine is not set. 1. Set the magazine.
2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
Install the magazine, and then 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the harness or repair/
start printing. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-1407 Communication error occurred The widths of the print size and the magazine
in image processing. paper do not match.
(GPA22) (Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. A magazine whose size does not match 1. Set an appropriate magazine.
persist, consult your technical the print size is installed.
representative. 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-1408 Back print cannot be performed Back printing is specified with medium weight
with specified paper. paper.
(Causes of the error message)
Press [Continue] to perform 1. Incorrect magazine or incorrect print mode 1. Set an appropriate magazine, or
printing without back print. change the print size.
2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-1410 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the auto setup for a
auto correction. roll of film.
(Causes of the error message)
Do the pre-scan again. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1411 An error occurred during the An error occurred during the auto setup for a
auto correction. frame.
(Causes of the error message)
Do the pre-scan again. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1417 An error occurred during An error occurred during the auto setup.
creating of image. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Do the pre-scan again. it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1418 %MAGAZINE% not installed or The index format consistency check detected
paper end processing in absence of the magazine.
progress. (Causes of the error message)
1. The magazine is not installed. 1. Set an appropriate magazine.
Install the magazine, and then 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
start printing. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1419 Selected paper width and index The paper size does not match in the index
print size mismatched. format consistency check.
(Causes of the error message)
Press the [OK] button and 1. The magazine currently installed does not 1. Install the correct magazine.
replace magazine, or change match the print size.
the index format. 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
If you press [Output], an 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
incorrect index print will be between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
outputted. CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-1420 Printer processor is busy, so (Causes of the error message)
post-operational check not 1. The output section was busy printing when 1. Perform the post-operational check
performed. the post-operational check started. after the print process has been
completed.
Upon completion of printing, 2. Faulty system software 2.Restart the system software. Reinstall
perform “3. Post-operational it if the problem occurs again.
check”. 3. Faulty main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
I-1421 Printer processor is busy. (Causes of the error message)
1. An incorrect operating message (printing 1. Perform the post-operational check
Please wait a moment, and then is in process, jammed paper is being run when the printer finishes printing.
perform “3. Post-operational out, warm-up is in process)
check”. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
3. Faulty main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1422 A communication error occurred A message saying that the output section did
between the main control not respond is received when the post-
section and printer processor. operational check started.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Connect the cable correctly or replace
between the main control unit and the it.
GHT22 circuit board
2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the problem occurs again.
3. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 3. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
4. Faulty main control unit 4. Replace the main control unit.
E-1425 Initializing of printer processor The output device initialization failed when
failed. Consult your technical the system started (interface or
representative. communication error)
1. Communication error between the main 1. Connect the SCSI cable correctly or
Press [End] to shut down the control unit and the GHT circuit board replace it.
system. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
Press the [Stand-alone] button error occurs again, reinstall the
to start up the scanner only at system software.
the next start-up. 3. Blown fuse (FH12, FH24, FH25, FH27) 3. Replace the fuse.
4. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 4. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
6. Faulty main control unit 6. Replace the main control unit.
W-1427 A communication error occurred A magazine status acquisition error occurred
between the main control during the system startup.
section and printer processor. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Check the connection, and then it if the same problem occurs again.
press the [Retry] button. 2. A SCSI cable breakage or poorly 2. Reconnect or replace the cable.
contacting connector between the main
control unit and the GHT22 circuit board
3. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
4. Faulty main control unit 4. Replace the main control unit.
5. Blown fuse (FH11, FH24, FH25, FH27, 5. Replace the fuse.
FH29, or FH30) in the PWR22 circuit
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1428 A communication error occurred Failed to acquire the magazine status when
between the main control the system was started.
section and printer processor. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Check the connection, and then it if the problem occurs again.
press the [Retry] button. 2. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 2. Reconnect or replace the cable.
between the main control unit and the
GHT22 circuit board
3. Poorly connected or broken serial cable 3. Reconnect or replace the cable.
between the GHT22 circuit board and the
GTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
5. Faulty main control unit 5. Replace the main control unit.
6. Blown fuse (FH11, FH24, FH25, FH27, 6. Replace the fuse.
FH29, or FH30) in the PWR22 circuit
board
E-1432 Communication error occurred A SCSI communication error occurred when
between main controller and image processing conditions for a frame were
image processor. transferred to the GMB22 circuit board.
(Sending parameter failed) (Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. A SCSI cable breakage or poorly 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
persist, consult your technical contacting connector between the main
representative. control unit and the GHT22 circuit board
2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
3. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 3. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
4. Faulty main control unit 4. Replace the main control unit.
E-1433 Communication error occurred An error occurred when the JOB list (Do
between main controller and FineIp_xxx) started.
image processor. (Causes of the error message)
(Image processing control 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
failure) 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Restart the system. If problems it if the problem occurs again.
persist, consult your technical 3. Poorly connected or faulty GHT22 circuit 3. Check the GHT22 circuit board for
representative. board good contact or replace it.
4. Poorly connected or faulty GPA22 circuit 4. Check the GPA22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
5. Poorly connected or faulty GMB22 circuit 5. Check the GMB22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
6. Faulty main control unit 6. Replace the main control unit.
E-1434 A communication error occurred The JOB list failed.
between the main control (Causes of the error message)
section and image processing 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
section. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
(Image processing CB failure) it if the problem occurs again.
Restart the system. If problems 3. Poorly connected or faulty GHT22 circuit 3. Check the GHT22 circuit board for
persist, consult your technical board good contact or replace it.
representative. 4. Poorly connected or faulty GPA22 circuit 4. Check the GPA22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
5. Poorly connected or faulty GMB22 circuit 5. Check the GMB22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
6. Faulty main control unit. 6. Replace the main control unit.
W-1436 Software error. An index frame image could not be edited
correctly.
Restart the system. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1438 Software error. The HW parameters could not be acquired
correctly from SIP.
Restart the system. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1439 Software error. SIP index print image could not be processed
correctly.
Restart the system. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1440 Software error. SIP index print image could not be obtained
correctly.
Restart the system. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1442 Software error. An error (DoFinelp_xxx) occurred when a
JOB list started.
Restart the system. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
E-1443 Communication error occurred A SCSI error occurred when transferring the
between main controller and image process condition and image process
image processor. start commands into the GMB22 circuit board
(Parameter setting error) during file print such as index or DSC print.
Restart the system. If problems (Causes of the error message)
persist, consult your technical 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
representative.
2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the problem occurs again.
3. Poorly connected or faulty GHT22 circuit 3. Check the GHT22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
4. Poorly connected or faulty GPA22 circuit 4. Check the GPA22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
5. Poorly connected or faulty GMB22 circuit 5. Check the GMB22 circuit board for
board good contact or replace it.
6. Faulty main control unit 6. Replace the main control unit.
W-1445 Pre-scan not done correctly. An error occurred in GMB22 circuit board
during pre-scanning.
Do the pre-scan again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty power supply to GMB22 circuit 1. Inspect or repair the power supply
board system for the GMB22 circuit board..
2. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 2. Reconnect or replace the cable.
3. Faulty system software 3. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
4. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 4. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
5. Faulty main control unit 5. Replace the main control unit.
W-1446 Reading of parameter from the A scan data parameter error from SIP
image-processing module failed. occurred during the consistency check.
(Causes of the error message)
Do the pre-scan again. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1447 FID cannot be read. An error occurred while reading FID.
(Causes of the error message)
Press the [Cancel] button to 1. Dusty film transfer path 1. Clean the film feed path.
rewind the film. Check CID and 2. The mask position is out of adjustment. 2. Perform the mask position correction
then insert the film again. as per “Mask Position Adjustment
(441).”
3. The optical axis is out of adjustment. 3. Perform the optical axis adjustment as
per “Optical Axis Adjustment (43E).”
W-1448 Back printer unit not installed. The back printer is not set up correctly.
(Causes of the error message)
Install back printer properly. 1. Incorrect back printer setup position. 1. Correctly set up the back printer.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector. Repair or
between the back printing set sensor and replace the harness.
the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty back printing set sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-1449 No valid frame detected during The number of detected frames was zero.
frame detection. (Causes of the error message)
1. The optical path is obstructed during the 1. Perform the scanner correction at the
Do the pre-scan again. brightness correction while the pre- pre-operational check.
operational check is being conducted.
2. Faulty LED 2. Replace the LED.
3. Faulty CCD unit 3. Replace CCD unit.
W-1450 Error occurred while reading Magnetic information read error
magnetic information. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magnetic information on the film is 1. Check the film for this problem.
Clean the magnetic head and corrupted.
then try pre-scan again. 2. Dirty magnetic head 2. Clean the magnetic head.
3. Faulty magnetic head 3. Replace the magnetic head.
I-1451 Film reversed. The 135 film was reversely loaded. Load the film correctly.

Press the [Scan Cancel] key to


eject the film, and insert it again.
I-1453 Film bar code cannot be read. Illegible 135 barcode
(Causes of the error message)
Process continued. 1. The mask position is out of adjustment. 1. Perform the mask position correction
as per “Mask Position Correction
(441).”
2. Dusty 135 film feed path 2. Clean the 135 film feed path.
3. A film with notch was inserted. 3. Continue the process.
4. Blown fuse (FH3) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
I-1455 Magnetic data registered on film Magnetic information data error
failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magnetic information on the film is 1. Check the film for this problem.
Continue the process ignoring corrupted.
the magnetic information. 2. Dirty magnetic head 2. Clean the magnetic head.
3. Faulty magnetic head 3. Replace the magnetic head.
W-1461 Reading of image file failed. File print image cannot be obtained from the 1. Check the image file and the file
DI Controller. format.
Image import printing cancelled. 2. Restart the DI Controller.
W-1468 Mask type not recognized The carrier mask type sent from the scanner Set the mask correctly.
correctly. SS is incorrect.

Install the mask again.


www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1471 Image file cannot be generated. An image file used for digital image export
cannot be created. (Disk FULL, etc.)
Image export printing cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
1. The hard disk in the DI Controller is full. 1. Delete the unnecessary files and re-
execute it again.
2. Communication errors with the DI 2. Perform the pre-operational check.
Controller.

W-1473 Incorrect template. Composite formats to be sent to the extended


SIP cannot be set.
Delete all templates stored in (Causes of the error message)
HD and register them again. 1. The hard disk in the Frontier is full. 1. Delete all templates and re-register
them.
2. Faulty hard disk in the Frontier. 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1475 Template and paper widths The template width and the magazine paper
mismatched. do not match.
(Causes of the error message)
Press the [OK] button, and then 1. A magazine that matches the print size is 1. Set the correct magazine.
replace magazine. not set.
2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-1476 Film with FTPM loaded. A film with FTPM specified is loaded. –

Perform printing with FTPM.


I-1477 “Series Scene” film loaded. A film with Series Scene specified is loaded. –
W-1478 “Series Scene” magnetic The Series Scene magnetic information does
information failure. not comply with the RedBook.
Continue process. (Causes of the error message)
1. Magnetic information on the film is 1. Check the film for this problem.
corrupted.
2. Dirty magnetic head 2. Clean the magnetic head.
3. Faulty magnetic head 3. Replace the magnetic head.
W-1479 Template image size does not Template and print sizes specified in frame/ Change the print size or template so that
match print size. character print do not match. both sizes match.

Confirm print size and template


size.
W-1480 Cannot be printed with this The specified cropping area is out of the Set the cropping area so that it is within
cropping. range. the range.

Re-crop within the image area.


E-1481 Hard disk failure occurred during A hard disk error occurred when data was
the data copy. copied during the post-operational check.
Data copy cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
representative. it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
E-1482 Hard disk failure occurred. A hard disk error was detected when file was
imported from or exported to the imaging
Consult technical controller.
representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1483 Index image data cannot be An image data file used for the index edition
read. cannot be read.
(Causes of the error message)
Consult technical 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
representative. it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1484 Initializing of printer processor The output device initialization failed during
failed. the system startup.
Press the [Stand-alone] button, (Causes of the error message)
and only the film scanner will be 1. A SCSI cable breakage or poorly 1. Reconnect or replace the cable.
started up. contacting connector between the main
control unit and the GHT22 circuit board
2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the same problem occurs again.
3. Blown fuse (FH12, FH24, FH25, or FH27) 3. Replace the fuse.
in the PWR22 circuit board
4. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 4. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-1485 Couldn’t generate image file due An image file used for digital image export
to insufficient disk space. cannot be created. (The hard disk on the DI
Controller is full, and so on.) (FDi)
Please wait a moment and then (Causes of the error message)
press the [Retry] button. If 1. The hard disk in the DI Controller has 1. Re-execute it after a while or delete
problems persist, consult your insufficient space. the unnecessary files from the DI
technical representative. Controller.
2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software.
3. Faulty DI Controller software 3. Restart the DI Controller. Reinstall the
software if the problem occurs again.
4. Faulty hard disk in the DI Controller 4. Replace the hard disk in the DI
Controller.
W-1486 Writing image file failed. An image file failed to be output because the
network is open.
Check the network connections (Causes of the error message)
and press the [Retry] button. If 1. Poorly connected communication cables 1. Reconnect the cable.
problems persist, consult your 2. Communication network failure 2. Repair or replace the communication
technical representative. network.
W-1487 Selected print size and paper (Causes of the error message)
width mismatched. 1. The widths of the print size and the paper 1. Set the widths of the print size and the
in the magazine do not match. paper in the magazine correctly.
Press [OK] to change magazine, 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
or change print size. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector or repair or
Press [Output] to output forcibly. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22circuit board.
W-1488 Template and paper widths (Causes of the error message)
mismatched. 1. The widths of the template and the paper 1. Set the widths of the template and the
in the magazine do not match. paper in the magazine correctly.
Press [OK] and replace 2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
magazine. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector or repair or
Press [Output] to output forcibly. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTP22circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1492 Carrier not installed. An operation such as scanning was
attempted without a carrier installed.
Install carrier and press [OK]. (Causes of the error message)
1. A carrier is not installed. 1. Install a carrier.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22circuit board
3. Faulty carrier 3. Replace the carrier
4. Blown fuse (FH7) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
W-1494 An error occurred in calling the An error occurred when the exposure
exposure condition retrieve. conditions were retrieved.
(Causes of the error message)
Return to the state just after the 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
pre-scan. it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1495 Select the correct magazine The magazine paper type (surface type or
paper type. emulsion type) does not match.
(Causes of the error message)
Press [Output] to output forcibly. 1. The magazine does not match the print 1. Set the correct magazine.
size.
2. Faulty magazine ID sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connecter, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 board
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-1501 Selected function cannot be The function currently not available was –
used. selected.
I-1502 Insert the floppy disk into the FD A message that requests the operator to Insert a floppy disk and then press [OK].
drive. exchange the floppy disk during data backup
W-1503 The floppy disk not inserted, so A floppy disk is not inserted during data
writing not performed. backup to floppy disk.
(Causes of the error message)
Insert the correct floppy disk into 1. A floppy disk is not inserted. 1. Insert a floppy disk.
the FD drive. 2. Faulty floppy disk drive 2. Replace the main control unit.
I-1504 Insert the next floppy disk into Message that prompts the operator to insert Insert the next floppy disk and then press
the FD drive. the next floppy disk when backing up data to [OK].
more than one floppy disk.
W-1505 Incorrect floppy disk. Couldn’t The inserted floppy disk was inappropriate.
perform writing. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty floppy disk 1. Insert an error free floppy disk.
Insert the correct floppy disk into 2. The inserted floppy disk is set to the read 2. Set the floppy to the write enable
the FD drive. only mode. mode.
3. Faulty floppy disk drive 3. Replace the main control unit.
E-1506 Reading of control information The file necessary to display data on the
file failed. screen could not be read.
Couldn’t display the selected (Causes of the error message)
screen. 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
To use this function, consult your error occurs again, reinstall the
technical representative. system software.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
I-1507 Data backup completed Failed to back up data.
abnormally. (Causes of the error message)
1. The FD is faulty. 1. Use a new FD.
2. The FD is set to the read only mode. 2. Set the FD to the write enable mode.
3. There is an insufficient disk space in the 3. Delete the unnecessary files.
hard disk in the main control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


I-1508 Data backup is canceled. The process used to stop backing up data –
through an operator request.
W-1510 Date value exceeds the limit. The date entered exceeds the limit value.
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2040/12/ (Causes of the error message)
31 23:59:59) 1. Incorrectly entered date 1. Enter the current date correctly.
Set the correct date. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
3. Faulty main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1511 Next timer-ON time exceeds the The next system startup time exceeds the
limit. limit value. Check the present time.
(1998/01/01 00:00:00 - 2040/12/ (Causes of the error message)
31 23:59:59) 1. Incorrect present time 1. Enter the present date correctly.
Confirm the present time. 2. Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
3. Faulty main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1512 The FD free space insufficient. The FD currently being used has no disk
space available.
Insert the correct floppy disk into (Causes of the error message)
the FD drive. 1. The floppy disk is full. 1. Insert an empty FD.
2. Faulty floppy disk drive 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1513 Unsorted print remains. The data was not sorted when the job was Press the [Sort] key.
completed.
Perform sorting.
W-1521 PU800B is not turned ON or is Communication error occurred when
disconnected. downloading data from the PU800B.
(Causes of the error message)
Check the connection with 1. The power for PU800B is turned off. 1. Turn the PU800B power on.
PU800B, press the [Retry] 2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Connect the cable correctly or replace
button. PU800B communication cable the cable.
W-1522 PU800B is not turned ON or is Communication error occurred when
disconnected. uploading data to the PU800B.
(Causes of the error message)
Check the connection with 1. The power for PU800B is turned off. 1. Turn the PU800B power on.
PU800B, press the [Retry] 2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Connect the cable correctly or replace
button. PU800B communication cable the cable.
W-1523 PU800B is not turned ON or is Communication error occurred when sending
disconnected. the bill of charges for the PU800B.
(Causes of the error message)
Check the connection with 1. The power for PU800B is turned off. 1. Turn the PU800B power on.
PU800B, press [Retry] to retry. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Connect the cable correctly or replace
To stop printing of the price PU800B communication cable the cable.
table, press the [Stop] button.
W-1524 Couldn’t read the backup data A file read error occurred when downloading
for PU800B. data from the PU800B.
(Causes of the error message)
Check the connection with 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
PU800B. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1525 Couldn’t write to the backup A file write error occurred when uploading
data for PU800B. data to the PU800B.
(Causes of the error message)
Check the connection with 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
PU800B. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


I-1526 Production information log file A read error occurred while reading data –
not found. from the production information log file.
A new file will be created.
W-1527 Production information cannot An error occurred while writing data on the
be written into file. production information log file.
(Causes of the error message)
To use this function, consult your 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. If the
technical representative. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1531 FDi device registration failed. An error occurred while registering the FDIA
logical output device (This problem can be
Check the network connections, recovered).
and then press the [Retry] (Causes of the error message)
button. 1. The DI controller power is turned off. 1. Start the DI controller.
2. Poorly connected LAN cable 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
3. Faulty software on the DI controller 3. Reinstall the software.
4. Faulty main control unit on the DI 4. Replace the main control unit.
controller side.
W-1532 Registering with FDi not done. An error occurred while registering the FDIA Perform the pre-operational check.
logical output device with the external input
To register it, perform the “1. enabled.
Pre-operational Check”.
W-1533 The image file output is stopped. Failed to print the external input data. Try to input data from the external source
again.
Resume printing by selecting
“Digital Image” as “Input
Device”.
W-1534 Order not unlocked. A communication error occurred on the DI
controller side while the Frontier was
Check the network connections, processing an order.
and then press the [Retry] (Causes of the error message)
button. 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.

2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error


occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1535 Couldn’t provide the service. A communication error occurred on the DI
controller side while the Frontier was
Check the network connections, processing an order.
and then press the [Retry] (Causes of the error message)
button. 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.

2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error


occurs again, reinstall the software.
E-1536 Error occurred during the order An inappropriate status was detected
completion. because there was no device authority.
Incorrect order status. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty software on the DI controller 1. Restart the DI controller. If the error
Change the status in the DI occurs again, reinstall the software.
Controller.
E-1537 An error occurred in the DI Other errors in the FDIA
Controller. (Causes of the error message)
Couldn’t provide the service. 1. Faulty software on the DI controller 1. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
Consult technical
representative.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1538 Registering with FDi not done. The FDIA logical output device is not
registered.
To register it, perform the “1. (Causes of the error message)
Pre-operational Check”. 1. The pre-operational check has not been 1. Perform the pre-operational check.
conducted.
E-1539 Error occurred during the order The order was already queued to be deleted.
end process. (Causes of the error message)
The status shows “Wait to 1. Faulty software on the DI controller 1. Restart the DI controller. If the error
delete”. occurs again, reinstall the software.

Change the status in the DI


Controller.
I-1540 No order of the selected paper Any order cannot be printed with the lab-in. Change the paper magazine appropriate
width. for the external input.
W-1541 Couldn’t provide the service. A communication error occurred on the DI
controller side while the Frontier was
Check the network connections, processing an order.
and then press the [Retry] (Causes of the error message)
button. 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.

2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error


occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1542 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred due to the status changes
during normal printing.
Check the network connections, (Causes of the error message)
and then press the [Retry] 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
button.
2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1543 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred due to the status changes
during abnormal printing.
Check the network connections, (Causes of the error message)
and then press the [Retry] 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
button.
2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1544 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred when the message
informing that one order had finished was
Check the network connections, received.
and then press the [Retry] (Causes of the error message)
button. 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1545 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred while the order was being
deleted.
Check the network connections, (Causes of the error message)
and then press the [Retry] 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
button. 2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1546 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred when the status changed
while no orders were registered.
Check the network connections, (Causes of the error message)
and then press the [Retry] 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
button. 2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1547 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred while an order was being
read.
Check the network connections, (Causes of the error message)
and then press the [Retry] 1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
button. 2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1548 Printer processor not in standby. An error occurred when an image file was
printed (while the external input was
Check the network connections, selected).
and then press the [Retry] (Causes of the error message)
button. 1. The printer section was not in the standby 1. Set the printer to the standby mode
To cancel the image import, mode while the external input was and press [Retry].
press the [Cancel] button. selected.
E-1549 Error occurred while deleting the Every order except for the one currently being
order. registered is deleted.
The status of the order to be (Causes of the error message)
deleted does not become 1. Faulty software on the DI controller 1. Restart the DI controller. If the error
“Creating”. occurs again, reinstall the software.
Change the status on the DI
Controller.
E-1551 Dialog cannot be displayed. The function used to manage character string
Message definition file not found resource returned an error while a dialog was
or defective. being generated.
To use this function, consult your (Causes of the error message)
technical representative. 1. The message file is corrupted. 1. Reinstall the system software.
2. Faulty hard disk 2. Replace the main control unit.
E-1552 Could not start up the Red-eye/ An error occurred when starting Red Eye/
Soft/Cross plug-in. Soft/Cross plug-in.
The Red-eye/Soft/Cross plug-in (Causes of the error message)
not installed or the file may be 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
corrupted. 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
To use this function, consult your 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
technical representative.
E-1553 Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/ A read error occurred while Red Eye/Soft/
Soft/Cross. Cross plug-in was being read.
Could not find the file that was (Causes of the error message)
required for the Red-eye/Soft/ 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
Cross plug-in or the file may be 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
corrupted. 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
To use this function, consult your
technical representative.
E-1554 Couldn’t continue the Red-eye/ A write error occurred while Red Eye/Soft/
Soft/Cross. Cross plug-in was being written.
Could not create the file that (Causes of the error message)
was required for the Red-eye/ 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
Soft/Cross plug-in. 2. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 2. Reinstall the software.
Could not create the file that 3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
was required for the Red-eye/
Soft/Cross plug-in.
To use this function, consult your
technical representative.
W-1556 This frame cannot be selected. A mounted print frame number does not
match the specified one.
Frame No. to specify template (Causes of the error message)
not matched. 1. Large index or template frame number 1. Specify the frame number that
Select another frame again. does not match the specified one. matches the template.
2. A frame number could not be read. 2. Reinstall the film.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1566 Printing the image file. Couldn’t Pre-scanning was attempted while an image Install the film after the process has been
perform the pre-scan. file was being exported. completed.
Eject film.
After printing of the image file,
insert the film.
E-1571 Message definition file not found An error occurred while reading the character
or defective. string resource.
(Causes of the error message)
Check message definition file. 1. Faulty system software (A1) 1. Reinstall the system software.
2. Faulty hard disk 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1574 Frame with selected No. already A frame was overwritten although the –
mounted. numbered frame was already mounted.
Frame overwritten.
W-1580 Editing error log info failed. An error occurred while editing error log
information.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected communication cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1581 Editing working information An error occurred while editing working
failed. information.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected communication cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1583 Editing system information An error occurred while editing the system
failed. configuration information.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected communication cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1584 Editing quality information failed. An error occurred while editing quality
information.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected communication cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
W-1585 Reading of received data failed. An error occurred while acquiring pre-
Sending of the MI NETWORK maintenance data.
mail canceled. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected communication cable 1. Connect the cable correctly.
2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
3. Faulty hard disk 3. Replace the main control unit.
I-1587 Reading print mag. fine adjust Data is being loaded from the registry. Wait until the process is completed.
data.

Please wait.
I-1588 Saving print mag. fine adjust Data is being saved to the registry. Wait until the process is completed.
data.

Please wait.
W-1591 Frame specified on invoice not The frame specified by an invoice cannot be Confirm whether or not the film is
detected. detected. installed.

Check the film.


www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


I-1593 %TEMPLATE%. The template is being set. Wait until the process is completed.

Please wait.
I-1594 Reading service name list. This message is displayed while reading the Wait until the process is completed.
service name list used for image file export/
Please wait. import.
I-1595 Start the connection with DI This message is displayed while registering –
Controller, and update the data. the logical device.

Press [OK] to start.


E-1596 Couldn’t provide the service. A FDi error occurred while reading a service
name list.
Check the network connections. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected LAN cable 1. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
2. Faulty software on the DI controller 2. Restart the DI controller. If the error
occurs again, reinstall the software.
W-1597 The service type is not selected, Pre-scanning was performed in a mode other
so pre-scan not performed. than the image file export while the scanner
Film is ejected. was set to the stand-alone mode.
Select the service type, and (Causes of the error message)
then insert the film. 1. Digital image export has not been 1. Select the external output.
selected.
I-1598 Processing Red-eye/Soft/Cross Red eye/Soft/Cross startup is in progress. –
%HQ%.

Please wait.
E-1599 An error occurred. Red eye/Soft/Cross failed to start up.
Couldn’t continue the “Red-eye/ (Causes of the error message)
Soft/Cross”. 1. The carrier or mask is removed during 1. Restart Red eye/Soft/Cross plug-in.
Red eye/Soft/Cross startup.
Complete the “Red-eye/Soft/ 2. Faulty system software (A1) 2. Reinstall the system software.
Cross” plug-in. 3. Faulty Variety Print software (B1) 3. Reinstall the software.
4. Faulty hard disk 4. Replace the main control unit.
W-1701 This is the last frame. When the film mode is “Manual,” the [START/ Press [OK] to terminate the operation or
ENTER] key was pressed at the last frame of press the frame return key to return to the
Press [OK] to feed out film. the film. previous frame.
W-1702 The carrier or mask removed, so The carrier or mask was removed while the Correctly install the carrier or mask and
the custom setting information is dialog box related to the custom setting was then perform the custom setting again.
not displayed correctly. displayed.
The related dialog(s) closed.
Install the carrier or mask, and
then try again.
W-1703 Invalid custom setting. The selected custom setting number is Print with the master settings or select a
Changed to master settings. invalid. correct custom setting number.
E-1710 Templates are not available for When Mounted print/Frame characters is
the bordered print. selected , and when a print size for “Bordered
print” is selected
Select the borderless print size. (Causes of the error message)
1. A print size with “Bordered print” is 1. Change the print size to “Borderless.”
selected.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1751 %REALTIME_START% The real-time display is unavailable.
Could not start displaying the (Causes of the error message)
image. Film is ejected. 1. A template used for mounted print or 1. Wait until the template setting finishes.
frame/character is being installed.
2. The “Output destination selection” screen 2. Select the output destination using the
is being displayed for exporting image file. “Output destination selection” screen.
3. The “Original selection” screen is being 3. Close the “Original selection” screen.
displayed.
4. The template selection screen for 4. Select the template using the template
mounted print or frame/character is being selection screen, and then wait until it
displayed. is set.
5. Exporting image files is in progress. 5. Wait until the file is output.
6. The manual film carrier is installed during 6. Set the auto film carrier.
the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not fit for 7. Install the carrier or mask
the composite type. corresponding to the composite type.
8. The “Image preview” screen used for 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
mounted print or frame/character is being
displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure conditions 9. Close the “Exposure condition retrieve
is in progress. setup” screen.
W-1752 %REALTIME_OKEND% (Causes of the error message)
Could not adjust determine the 1. A template used for mounted print or 1. Wait until the template setting finishes.
image position. frame/character is being installed.
2. The “Output destination selection” screen 2. Select the output destination using the
is being displayed for exporting image file. “Output destination selection” screen.
3. The “Original selection” screen is being 3. Close the “Original selection” screen.
displayed.
4. The template selection screen for 4. Select the template using the template
mounted print or frame/character is being selection screen, and then wait until it
displayed. is set.
5. Exporting image files is in progress. 5. Wait until the file is output.
6. The manual film carrier is installed during 6. Set the auto film carrier.
the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not fit for 7. Install the carrier or mask
the composite type. corresponding to the composite type.
8. The “Image preview” screen used for 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
mounted print or frame/character is being
displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure conditions 9. Close the “Exposure condition retrieve
is in progress. setup” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-1753 %REALTIME_START% The pre-scanning cannot be performed.
Couldn’t start pre-scan. Film is (Causes of the error message)
ejected. The film was inserted under the condition that
the wait time for the leading frame position
determination is 0 second.
1. A template used for mounted print or 1. Wait until the template setting finishes.
frame/character is being installed.
2. The “Output destination selection” screen 2. Select the output destination using the
is being displayed for exporting image file. “Output destination selection” screen.
3. The “Original selection” screen is being 3. Close the “Original selection” screen.
displayed.
4. The template selection screen for 4. Select the template using the template
mounted print or frame/character is being selection screen, and then wait until it
displayed. is set.
5. Exporting image files is in progress. 5. Wait until the file is output.
6. The manual film carrier is installed during 6. Set the auto film carrier.
the single scan digitizing.
7. The carrier or mask type does not fit for 7. Install the carrier or mask
the composite type. corresponding to the composite type.
8. The “Image preview” screen used for 8. Close the “Image preview” screen.
mounted print or frame/character is being
displayed.
9. The batch retrieval of exposure conditions 9. Close the “Exposure condition retrieve
is in progress. setup” screen.
W-1754 Couldn’t provide the service. An error occurred while a service name list
Check the network connections. was being read.
If the network connections are (Causes of the error message)
correct, consult your technical 1. The DI controller power is turned off. 1. Start the DI controller.
representative. 2. Poorly connected LAN cable 2. Connect the LAN cable correctly.
3. Faulty software on the DI controller 3. Reinstall the software.
4. Faulty main control unit on the DI 4. Replace the main control unit.
controller side
W-1762 “Print Mode Select” cannot be A different type of service was requested Wait until one sheet of mounted print is
done while the scanned image is while a mounted or frame/character printing completed, or select [Print] or [Cancel] on
mounted. was in progress. the image preview screen.

Complete a mounted print, or


press the [Print] or the [Cancel]
in the “Image Preview” screen,
and then select it again.
W-1763 The printing operation cannot be The process in progress was forcibly Wait until one sheet of mounted print is
canceled while the image is terminated while a mounted or frame/ completed, or select [Print] or [Cancel] on
mounted. character printing was in progress. the image preview screen.

Complete a mounted print, or


press the [Print] or the [Cancel]
button in the “Image Preview”
screen, and then try it.
E-1801 Conjugate length variable upper Conjugate length variable upper limit sensor
limit sensor (D212) failure. (D212) failure
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Disconnected conjugate length variable 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical home position sensor (D211) connector
representative. 2. Faulty D211 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Disconnected D212 connector 3. Reconnect the connector.
4. Faulty D212 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Faulty conjugate length drive system 5. Replace the drive section (gear ASSY,
etc.).

*This error may be recovered by


performing “I/O Check (43A).”
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1802 Conjugate length variable lower Conjugate length variable lower limit sensor
limit sensor (D213) failure. (D212) failure
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty conjugate length drive system 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical 2. Foreign matter is caught in D121. 2. Remove the foreign matter.
representative. 3. Blown fuse (FE2) in the CTC22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1803 Conjugate length variable home Conjugate length variable home position
position sensor (D211) failure. sensor (D211) failure
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Disconnected D211 connector 1. Reconnect the connector.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty D211 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Faulty conjugate length drive system 3. Replace the drive section (gear ASSY,
etc.).
4. Faulty conjugate length variable motor 4. Replace the motor.
(M201)
5. Shipping fixture remains in the scanner 5. Remove the shipping fixture.
section.
6. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
7. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 7. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1804 Conjugate length variable home Conjugate length variable home position
position sensor (D211) failure. sensor (D211) failure
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Disconnected conjugate length variable 1. Remove the scanner cover and
persist, consult your technical motor (M201) connector reconnect the motor connector if
representative. disconnected.
2. Faulty M201 2. Replace the motor.
3. Faulty drive gear 3. Replace the drive gear ASSY.
E-1805 Lens home position sensor Lens home position detecting error
(D214) failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected lens drive motor (M202) 1. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems connector
persist, consult your technical 2. M202 meshing error 2. Replace the lens unit.
representative. 3. Disconnected lens home position sensor 3. Reconnect the connector.
(D214) connector
4. Faulty D214 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 5. Replace the fuse.
board
6. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1806 Lens home position sensor Lens home position clearing error
(D214) failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected lens drive motor (M202) 1. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems connector
persist, consult your technical 2. M202 meshing error 2. Replace the lens unit.
representative.
E-1807 Shutter home position sensor Shutter home position detecting error
(D215) failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected shutter home position 1. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems sensor (D215) connector
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty D215 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Disconnected shutter motor (M203) 3. Reconnect the connector.
connector
4. Faulty M203 4. Replace the motor.
5. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 5. Replace the fuse.
board
6. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1808 Shutter home position sensor Shutter home position clearing error
(D215) failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected shutter motor (M203) 1. Reconnect the connector.
Restart the system. If problems connector
persist, consult your technical 2. Disconnected shutter home position 2. Reconnect the connector.
representative. sensor (D215) connector
3. Faulty D215 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty M203 4. Replace the motor.
E-1811 Scanner cooling fan (F202) Scanner cooling fan failure
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected scanner cooling fan (F216) 1. Remove the scanner cover and
Restart the system. If problems connector reconnect the fan connector if
persist, consult your technical disconnected.
representative. 2. Faulty F216 2. Replace the fan.
3. Blown fuse (FE6) in the CTC22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Blown fuse (FH30) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1812 Light source cooling fan (F201) Light source cooling fan failure
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
1. Disconnected light source cooling fan 1. Remove the scanner cover and
Restart the system. If problems (F201) connector reconnect the fan connector if
persist, consult your technical disconnected.
representative. 2. Faulty F201 2. Replace the fan.
3. Blown fuse (FE6) in the CTC22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Blown fuse (FH30) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1825 The temperature of the light Abnormal temperature of the LED controller
source controller out of the (Causes of the error message)
range. 1. Faulty light source 1. Replace the LED.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Restart the system. If problems between the CTC22 circuit board and LED replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative.
E-1826 Carrier motor driver temperature Abnormal temperature of the carrier motor
beyond the specified driver
temperature range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty feed motor in the carrier 1. Replace the motor.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Feed motor -to- plug-in connector -to- 2. Replace the harness.
persist, consult your technical CTC22 circuit board, short-circuited
representative. harness
3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-1827 Scanner motor driver Abnormal temperature of the scanner motor
temperature beyond the driver
specified temperature range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Short-circuited conjugate length variable 1. Replace the motor.
Restart the system. If problems motor
persist, consult your technical 2. Conjugate length variable motor -to- plug- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
representative. in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-1828 An error occurred in the 3.3V 3.3 V power supply failure
power supply (PERR_3V) in the (Causes of the error message)
light source section. 1. Blown fuse (FE3) in the CTC22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical
representative.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1829 An error occurred in the P5V P5V power supply failure
power supply (PERR_5V) in the (Causes of the error message)
scanner section. 1. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical
representative.
E-1831 The connector between the LED connector was disconnected.
input mechanical control CB and (Causes of the error message)
the light source section 1. Disconnected connector (CTC6, CTC7, 1. Reconnect the connector.
disconnected. CTC8, CTC9) in the CTC22 circuit board
(CTC22-LED) 2. Blown fuse (FE3) in the CTC22 circuit 2. Replace the fuse.
Restart the system. If problems board
persist, consult your technical
representative.
E-1833 An error occurred in the An error occurred in the piezoelectric
piezoelectric actuator power unit actuator power unit.
(ZERRPZR) in the scanner (Causes of the error message)
section. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PZR22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems CTC22 circuit board
persist, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FH37) in the PWR22 circuit 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative. board
3. Faulty PZR22 circuit board 3. Replace the fuse.
E-1834 An error occurred in the motor 24V1 motor power supply failure
power supply (PERR_24V1) in (Causes of the error message)
the scanner section. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the scanner and the CTC22 replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems circuit board
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1835 An error occurred in the carrier 24V2 motor power supply failure
motor power supply (Causes of the error message)
(PERR_24V2). 1. Faulty motor or solenoid (M101, M102, 1. Replace the motor or solenoid.
M103, M104, S101) in the carrier
Restart the system. If problems 2. Blown fuse (FE5) in the CTC22 circuit 2. Replace the fuse.
persist, consult your technical board
representative. 3. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-1836 An error occurred in the power Excessive current control error
supply CB in the scanner (Causes of the error message)
section. 1. Short-circuited piezoelectric actuator 1. Replace the CCD unit.
(PZR22) 2. Broken harness between the PWR22 2. Replace the harness.
Restart the system. If problems circuit board and the PZR22 circuit board
persist, consult your technical 3. Blown fuse (FE3) in the CTC22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
representative. board
4. Blown fuse (FH37) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
E-1841 Warming of light source section Temperature control error (Temperature could
failed. not be measured.)
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 1. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 2. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the LTC22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1842 Warming of light source section Temperature control error (Peltier element is
failed. faulty.)
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty peltier element or broken harness 1. Replace the light source section.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 2. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 3. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
4. Poorly connected or broken harness to the 4. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
light source temperature sensor (D203) replace the harness.
E-1843 Warming of light source section Temperature control error (LTC power supply
failed. failure)
(Causes of the error message)
Restart the system. If problems 1. Faulty LTC22 circuit board 1. Replace the LTC22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 2. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness to the 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
light source temperature sensor (D203) replace the harness.
W-1857 Diffusion box removed. No diffusion box was found just before driving
the piezoelectric actuator.
Remove carrier, and then install (Causes of the error message)
diffusion box. 1. Diffusion box is not installed, or incorrectly 1. Install the diffusion box.
installed.
2. Faulty diffusion box sensor (D201, D202) 2. Replace the sensor.
W-1901 An error occurred during storing An error occurred while exposure conditions
of exposure conditions. were being stored to a data file.
Storing of exposure conditions (Causes of the error message)
will not be done from the next 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
time. it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1902 Memory full. Couldn’t printing. Data could not be output to the DI Controller Wait until the DI Controller outputs image
because digitizing process continued, thus data.
Wait until the memory space is causing insufficient memory space.
available, and then start printing.
W-1903 Image data full. Couldn’t Data could not be output to the DI Controller Wait until the DI Controller outputs image
printing. because digitizing process continued, thus data.
causing insufficient memory space.
Please wait a moment, and start
printing.
E-1904 Image processing CB failure. The DSP is unavailable due to the problem.
(GPA22) (Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the GMB22 and the GPA22circuit replace the harness.
boards
2. Faulty GPA22circuit board 2. Replace the GPA22circuit board.
3. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 3. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
4. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 4. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
E-1905 Image processing CB printing The DSP is unavailable due to a problem.
function failure. (Causes of the error message)
(GPA22) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Call technical representative. it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
3. Faulty GPA22 circuit board 3. Replace the GPA22 circuit board.
E-1906 Image processing CB pre-scan The DSP is unavailable due to the problem.
function failure. (Causes of the error message)
(GPA22) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Call technical representative. it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
3. Faulty GPA22circuit board 3. Replace the GPA22circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


I-1907 Printing. Animation scanning cannot be started Re-execute it after a while.
because the DSP is busy.
Please wait.
I-1908 Available frame not detected. No frame is detected during animation
Eject film. scanning. (All the frames are unexposed.)
(Causes of the error message)
1. All the frames of the installed film are 1. Check the film.
unexposed.
2. Faulty unexposed frame sensor in the 2. Replace the sensor.
carrier
I-1909 Light source not stabilized. After The scanner LED is not stabilized.
the stabilization, positioning of (Causes of the error message)
image will be displayed. 1. Faulty LED 1. Replace the LED.
2. Faulty LED22 circuit board 2. Replace the LED22 circuit board.
Press the [End] to exit the image 3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
position adjustment.
Press the [Run] button to start
the image position adjustment
ignoring the stabilization of the
light source temperature.
W-1910 Carrier not installed. (Causes of the error message)
1. A carrier is not installed. 1. Install the carrier.
Install the carrier and then start 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
pre-scan. between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
W-1911 Mask for MFC not installed. The mask sensor in the manual film carrier
does not function.
Install the mask and then start (Causes of the error message)
pre-scan. 1. The mask is installed incorrectly floating 1. Correctly install the mask.
above the target surface.
2. Faulty mask sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Faulty MFC circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
4. Poorly connected or broken harness 4. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
W-1912 Carrier upper cover opened. A scanning was attempted while the pressure
cover was open.
Close it and then start pre-scan. (Causes of the error message)
1. The pressure cover is open. 1. Correctly install the mask.
2. Faulty cover sensor 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Faulty AFC circuit board 3. Replace the circuit board.
4. Poorly connected or broken harness 4. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
W-1914 Image not read correctly. An image acquisition error occurred during
animation scanning.
Do the pre-scan again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
W-1915 Image not read correctly. A read error occurred during animation
scanning.
Do the pre-scan again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
I-1916 Printing. The scanner cannot be corrected because Re-execute it after a while.
DSP is busy.
Please wait.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-1998 Error table item( %TableItem% ) The item(s) required for the error table file
cannot be omitted. is(are) not written.
Sub-system:%SubSystemID% (Causes of the error message)
( %TableFileName% ) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Error No.:%NUM% it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
E-1999 Error table items ( %TableItem% ) Incorrect values are written in the error table
are incorrect. file.
Sub-system:%SubSystemID% (Causes of the error message)
( %TableFileName% ) 1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
Error No.:%NUM% it if the problem occurs again.
2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
E-2102 A communication error occurred A communication timeout occurred.
between the film scanner and (Causes of the error message)
the printer processor. 1. Poorly connected SCSI cable 1. Connect the SCSI cable correctly or
(Command time-out) replace it.
Restart the system. If problems 2. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 2. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
persist, consult your technical 3. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
representative. 4. Blown fuse due to a broken harness in the 4. Replace the fuse.
PWR22 circuit board or the LDD22 circuit
board
W-2106 Printer setup and maintenance An uncalibrated magazine was installed Quit “Setup and Maintenance” screen,
is in progress. during printer maintenance. and perform paper condition setup.

Perform the paper condition


setup after the operation.
E-2107 Data file not opened. The file could not be opened when saving/
This message appears when loading data.
performing the new intallation. It (Causes of the error message)
is not an error message. 1. The file used to save or load data is 1. Reinstall the system software.
In case of the installation other corrupted.
than new installation, consult 2. Faulty main control unit 2. Replace the main control unit.
your technical representative.
E-2109 A communication error occurred Data cannot be sent to the printer processor.
between the film scanner and (Causes of the error message)
the printer processor. 1. GMB22 circuit board power supply failure 1. Check or repair the power system
(SCSI sending error: Code related to the GMB22 circuit board.
No.=%NUM%) 2. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 2. Connect the SCSI cable correctly or
If problems persist after the replace it.
restart, consult your technical 3. Faulty system software 3. Restart the system software. If the
representative. error occurs again, reinstall the
system software.
4. Faulty GMB22 circuit board 4. Replace the GMB22 circuit board.
5. Faulty main control unit 5. Replace the main control unit.

*: Open the main control unit, and


disconnect/connect each circuit board
(especially memory board).
Sometimes this method solves the
problem.
W-2110 A communication error occurred Data cannot be sent to the printer processor.
between the film scanner and (Causes of the error message)
the printer processor. 1. Poorly connected or broken SCSI cable 1. Correctly connect the SCSI cable or
(Sending error: Code replace it.
No.=%NUM%) 2.Faulty system software 2. Restart the system software. If the
Do countermeasures referring to error occurs again, reinstall the
the manual. system software.
3. Faulty main control unit 3. Replace the main control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2202 CB failure detected in printer When the circuit board diagnostic test detects
processor. an error
(Error code:%NUM%) (Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. CTP22 circuit board power supply failure 1. Check or repair the power system
representative. related to the GMB22 circuit board.
2. Blown fuse in the PWR22 circuit board 2. Replace the fuse.
3. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2305 The backup memory of the SRAM information key is not found.
printer processor failure. (Causes of the error message)
This message does not mean 1. When the software upgrade is performed 1. This message does not mean an
abnormality when the software abnormality exists.
version is updated. 2. Insufficiently recharged backup battery 2. Recharge the battery for 1 or 2 days.
For other than the version-up, 3. Faulty backup battery 3. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
consult your technical 4. Faulty backup circuit 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
representative.
E-2306 Current time of printer processor During the first initialization after the power
was changed to the time of film ON, time data read from the timer IC is
scanner. abnormal.
1. Faulty system software 1. Restart the system software. Reinstall
If this error persists, consult your it if the problem occurs again.
technical representative. 2. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 2. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-2307 The laser warm-up in the (Causes of the error message)
exposure section not completed. 1. When the print command was received 1. Wait until the temperature control
while the laser temperature control was finishes.
Please wait. not completed
2. Blown fuse in the LDD22 circuit board 2. Replace the fuse.
3. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
I-2308 Warming up the processing When the print command was received while Wait until the temperature control
tanks. the solution temperatures had not reached finishes.
the setting values
Please wait.
I-2311 Printing. When the processor shutdown was –
If processing stopped, paper will attempted with the processor in operation
remain in processor.
Shut down the processor?
I-2312 The dryer unit or the dryer The processor cover is open when driving/
section cover opened. stopping the processing rack.
(Causes of the error message)
Close it. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the dryer unit detecting interlock replace the harness.
switch (D416) and PAC22 circuit board
2. Faulty D416 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Faulty PAC22 circuit board 3. Replace the PAC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2407 Auto-loading of paper failed. The paper end sensor and splice sensor do
not change their state even if the film leading
Refer to manual for guidance. end is pulled out by a preset length.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Paper supply motor (M301) does not 1.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M301 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M301 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
4) Disengaged or worn timing belt in the 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
paper supply section
5) Disengaged or worn timing pulley in the 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
paper supply section
6) Increased load in the drive section 6) Inspect or repair the drive section.
2. Paper splice sensor (D301) does not 2.
detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D301 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D301 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Paper cannot be rewound. 3.
1) Broken magazine drive pulley 1) Replace the pulley.
2) Paper slippage due to dirty rollers 2) Clean the roller.
3) Broken or disengaged magazine nip 3) Repair or replace the spring.
spring
4) Reverse-prevention lock in the magazine 4) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cannot be unlocked (broken cutter guide
pin, bent or scuffed magazine lock pin)
4. Paper does not reach the sensor. 4.
1) D301 cannot detect paper because the 1) Cut the paper’s leading end straight.
paper’s leading end is cut aslant.
2) Paper protrudes too much when setting it. 2) Adjust the length of the paper that
protrudes from the magazine.
3) Paper hit the magazine nip roller. 3) Inspect or replace the magazine nip
roller section guide.
4) Paper is set aslant. 4) Set the paper correctly.
5) Magazine table is incorrectly set. 5) Inspect or repair the table.
6) Magazine shutter malfunction (broken 6) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cutter guide pin, faulty magazine shutter
section)
7) Faulty magazine end detecting plate 7) Replace the magazine end detecting
plate or magazine.
5. Blown fuse (FH31) in the PWR22 circuit 5. Replace the fuse.
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2409 Auto-rewinding of paper failed. The paper end sensor and splice sensor do
not change their state even if the film leading
Refer to manual for guidance. end is rewound by a preset length.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Paper supply motor (M301) does not 1.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M301 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M301 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
4) Disengaged or worn timing belt in the 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
paper supply section
5) Disengaged or worn timing pulley in the 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
paper supply section
6) Increased load in the drive section 6) Inspect or repair the drive section.
2. Paper splice sensor (D301) does not 2.
detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D301 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D301 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Paper cannot be rewound. 3.
1) Broken magazine drive pulley 1) Replace the pulley.
2) Paper slippage due to dirty rollers 2) Clean the roller.
3) Broken or disengaged magazine nip 3) Repair or replace the spring.
spring
4) Reverse-prevention lock in the magazine 4) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cannot be unlocked (broken cutter guide
pin, bent or scuffed magazine lock pin)
W-2411 Paper remains in printer section. (Causes of the error message)
1. The magazine door was opened while the 1. Remove the paper.
Remove paper. paper was being fed.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the interlock switch (D322) and replace the harness.
the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty D322 3. Replace the interlock switch.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2412 The cutter malfunctions. The outputs of the home position and closing
sensors did not change during operation.
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Cutter drive motor (M307) does not rotate. 1.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M307 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M307 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
2. Cutter home position sensor (D312) does 2.
not change the state.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D312 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D312 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
4) Deformed detecting plate 4) Repair the detecting plate.
3. Cutter blade does not function 3.
1) Broken drive gear 1) Replace the motor.
2) Paper is caught in the cutter section. 2) Remove paper.
3) Faulty cutter blade sliding section 3) Replace the cutter unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2421 Paper end processing The paper end sensor detected the paper
completed. end.
(Causes of the error message)
Install the paper in the 1. The feed section stopped when the paper 1. Set a new roll of paper or replace the
magazine, or replace with the end process stopped. magazine.
magazine containing same 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
width paper. between the paper end sensor (D311) and replace the harness.
the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty D311 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
5. Paper end detecting plate on the
magazine side that is deformed or out of 5. Repair the detecting plate, or replace
place. the magazine.
W-2423 Unknown magazine ID is set. A magazine replaced at the time of paper end
had a different ID from the one used before
Set correct magazine ID. the replacement.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Magazine has been changed. 1.
1) A magazine that was different from the 1) Change the print size or install the
one used before the replacement was original magazine.
installed.
2) The ID chip has been changed. 2) Install the original ID chip or register
the ID.
2. Magazine ID sensor (D306 to D310) does 2.
not detect the magazine ID.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
2) Faulty magazine ID sensor 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. The magazine is incorrectly installed. 3.
1) The ID chip is not installed. 1) Install the ID chip.
2) The magazine table is out of place or 2) Inspect or repair the magazine table.
broken.
3) The sensor bracket is deformed or out of 3) Inspect or repair the bracket.
place.
W-2424 Magazine ID not registered. When a magazine whose ID is not registered
is installed
Set the paper magazine in the (Causes of the error message)
“4.Setup and Maintenance” - “5. 1. The ID of the currently installed magazine 1. Install the correct magazine.
Printer Adj./Maintenance” menu. is not registered.
2. Magazine ID sensor (D306 to D310) does 2.
not detect the magazine ID.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
2) Faulty magazine ID sensor 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. The magazine is incorrectly installed. 3.
1) The ID chip is not installed. 1) Install the ID chip.
2) The magazine table is out of place or 2) Inspect or repair the magazine table.
broken.
3) The sensor bracket is deformed or out of 3) Inspect or repair the bracket.
place.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2426 Identifying of magazine failed. The magazine is not installed in the specified
position.
Check magazine, and then (Causes of the error message)
reinstall it. 1. Magazine ID sensor (D306 to D310) does 1.
If problems persist when it is not detect the magazine ID.
correctly installed, consult your 1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
technical representative. between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
2) Faulty magazine ID sensor 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
2. The magazine is incorrectly installed. 2.
1) The ID chip is not installed. 1) Install the ID chip.
2) The magazine table is out of place or 2) Inspect or repair the magazine table.
broken.
3) The sensor bracket is deformed or out of 3) Inspect or repair the bracket.
place.
W-2427 Paper width and print size When a magazine that has a different paper
mismatched. width is installed
(Causes of the error message)
Install the correct magazine. 1. The size of the magazine does not match 1. Install the correct magazine.
the paper size.
2. Magazine ID sensor (D306 to D310) does 2.
not detect the magazine ID.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor and the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
2) Faulty magazine ID sensor 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. The magazine is incorrectly installed. 3.
1) The ID chip is not installed. 1) Install the ID chip.
2) The magazine table is out of place or 2) Inspect or repair the magazine table.
broken.
3) The sensor bracket is deformed or out of 3) Inspect or repair the bracket.
place.
W-2432 Back printer unit not installed. Back printer is not installed when starting
printing.
Do countermeasures referring to (Causes of the error message)
the manual. 1. Back printer is not installed. 1. Correctly install the back printer unit.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the back printer set sensor replace the harness.
(D320) and the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty D320 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-2435 Magazine installed. Paper magazine whose paper condition Press [OK] to resume printing.
setup is already performed is installed.
Printing resumed.
W-2435 Magazine door opened. (Causes of the error message)
1. The magazine door is open. 1. Close the magazine door.
Close it. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine door detecting replace the harness.
interlock switch (D322) and the PDC22
circuit board
3. Faulty D322 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty PDC22 circuit board 4. Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2436 Front upper cover or feeding (Causes of the error message)
section upper/lower cover 1. The cover is open. 1. Close the cover.
opened. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the sensor (D323, D324, D325) replace the harness.
Close it. and the PDC22 circuit board
3. Faulty sensor (D323, D324, D325) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty PDC22 circuit board 4. Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
W-2441 Magazine with wrong ID The ID of the installed magazine does not Set the magazine that was installed
specified. match the specified one. during scanning.

Install magazine with


ID=%NUM%.
W-2450 Paper remains in printer section. (Causes of the error message)
(Paper supply section) 1. A sheet of paper is left in the print section. 1. Remove the paper.
Remove paper. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor (D306 to replace the harness.
D310) and the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty sensors (D306 to D310) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2451 Paper remains in printer section. Back printer entrance sensor detects paper
(Paper supply section or back when the initialization finishes.
printer section) (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper. 1. Back printer entrance sensor (D302) 1. Remove the paper.
detects paper.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D302 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
3. Faulty D302 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2452 Paper remains in printer section. The registration sensor detects a sheet of
(Back printer section) paper when the initialization finishes.
Remove paper. (Causes of the error message)
1. Registration sensor (D303) detects paper. 1. Remove the paper.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D303 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
3. Faulty D303 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2453 Paper remains in printer section. The registration sensor detects a sheet of
(Register section) paper when the initialization finishes.
Remove paper. (Causes of the error message)
1. Registration sensor (D303) detects paper. 1. Remove the paper.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D303 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
3. Faulty D303 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2454 Paper remains in printer section. The pre-exposure sensor detects a sheet of
(Sub-scanning section) paper when the initialization finishes
Remove paper. (Causes of the error message)
1. Pre-exposure sensor (D304) detects 1. Remove the paper.
paper.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D304 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
3. Faulty sensor D304 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2455 Paper remains in printer section. The processor entry sensor detects a sheet
(Exit section) of paper when the initialization finishes
Remove paper. (Causes of the error message)
1. A piece of paper is left in the feed section. 1. Remove the paper.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the processor entry sensor replace the harness.
(D305) and CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty sensor (D305) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2460 The registration nip motor When the mechanical section fails during the
(M309) malfunctions. initialization
(Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. Registration nip motor (M309) does not 1.
representative. rotate.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness to 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
M309 replace the harness.
2) Faulty M309 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
2. Registration nip roller stops at the home 2.
position.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the registration nip home position replace the harness.
sensor (D316) and CTP22 circuit board
2) Faulty D316 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty nip release mechanism 3.
1) Broken cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Broken bearing 2) Replace the bearing.
3) Disengaged or worn gear 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
4) Foreign matter is caught in the nip release 4) Remove the foreign matter.
mechanism.
5) Increased load in the drive section 5) Inspect/repair the drive section.
4. Blown fuse (FH28) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
E-2461 Width detecting drive motor When the mechanical section fails during the
(M310) failure. initialization
1. Width detecting drive motor (M310) does 1.
Consult your technical not rotate.
representative. 1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M310 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M310 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
2. Width detecting home position is not 2.
detected.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the width detecting home replace the harness.
position sensor (D315) and CTP22 circuit
board
2) Faulty D315 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty width detecting slide mechanism. 3.
1) Deformed home position detecting plate 1) Repair the plate.
2) Disengaged or worn timing belt 2) Reinstall or replace the belt.
3) Disengaged or worn timing pulley 3) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
4) Increased load in the slide bearing 4) Clean/replace the slide shaft, or
inspect/replace the width detecting
guide
5) Foreign matter is caught in the slide 5) Remove the foreign matter.
mechanism.
4. Blown fuse (FH28) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2462 Sub-scanning nip motor (M311) When the mechanical section fails during the
failure. initialization
(Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. Sub-scanning nip motor (M311) does not 1.
representative. rotate.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M311 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M311 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
2. Sub-scanning nip home position sensor 2.
(D317) does not detect the nip home
position.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D317 and CTP22 circuit board replace the harness.
2) Faulty D317 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty nip release mechanism 3.
1) Broken cam (deformed detecting plate/ 1) Replace the cam.
broken stopper)
2) Broken bearing 2) Replace the bearing.
3) Disengaged or worn gear 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
4) Disengaged or worn timing belt 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
5) Disengaged or worn timing pulley 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
6) Foreign matter is caught in the nip release 6) Remove the foreign matter.
mechanism.
7) Increased load in the drive section 7) Inspect/repair the drive section.
E-2464 Feed nip motor (M313) failure. When the mechanical section fails during the
initialization
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. Feed nip motor (M313) does not rotate. 1.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M313 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M313 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
2. Feed nip home position sensor (D319) 2.
does not detect the nip home position.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D319 and CTP22 circuit board replace the harness.
2) Faulty D319 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty nip release mechanism 3.
1) Broken cam (deformed detecting plate/ 1) Replace the cam.
broken stopper)
2) Broken bearing 2) Replace the bearing.
3) Disengaged or worn gear 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
4) Foreign matter is caught in the nip release 4) Remove the foreign matter.
mechanism.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2465 Exit section up/down belt motor When the mechanical section fails during the
(M314) failure. initialization
(Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. Exit section up/down motor (M314) does 1.
representative. not rotate.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M314 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M314 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
2. Feed nip home position sensor (D319) 2.
does not detect the home position.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D319 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D319 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Faulty up/down release mechanism 3.
1) Broken cam (deformed detecting plate/ 1) Replace the cam.
broken stopper)
2) Broken bearing 2) Replace the bearing.
3) Disengaged or worn gear 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
4) Foreign matter is caught in the nip release 4) Remove the foreign matter.
mechanism.
5) Increased load in the drive section 5) Inspect/repair the drive section.
4. Blown fuse (FH28) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2466 An error occurred during (Causes of the error message)
measuring of the side 1. Width detecting waiting position is 1.
registration. incorrect.
1) Side registration calibration has not been 1) Perform “Side Register Calibration
Do countermeasures referring to performed. (45S).”
the manual. 2) Disengaged or worn timing belt 2) Reinstall or replace the belt.
3) Disengaged or worn timing pulley 3) Reinstall or replace the pulley
4) Increased load in the slide bearing 4) Clean/replace the slide shaft, or
inspect/replace the width detecting
guide.
5) The magazine ID does not match the 5) Replace with the correct ID chip, or
paper width. correct the setting.
6) Poorly connected or broken harness 6) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the magazine ID sensor (D306 to replace the harness.
D310) and the CTP22 circuit board
7) Faulty sensor (D306 to D310) 7) Replace the sensor.
8) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 8) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
2. Paper feed position is incorrect. 2.
1) Paper width guide in the magazine is 1) Correct the width guide position.
incorrectly set.
2) Flanges in the magazine is incorrectly set. 2) Correct the flange position.
3) Positioning pin in the magazine is 3) Replace the magazine.
incorrectly set.
4) Broken cutter guide positioning hole 4) Replace the cutter guide.
5) Faulty magazine table 5) Inspect/repair the magazine table.
6) Disengaged feed roller or nip spring in the 6) Inspect/repair the nip roller/spring.
magazine
7) Disengaged feed roller or nip spring in the 7) Inspect/repair the nip roller/spring.
feed section
8) Paper is incorrectly set (aslant) in the 8) Correctly set the paper.
magazine
9) Paper skewing due to dirty roller 9) Clean the roller.
3. Width detecting sensor (D314) 3.
malfunction
1) LED in D314 is not lit. 1) Replace the sensor.
2) Poorly connected or broken harness 2) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D314 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
3) Deformed or broken width detecting guide 3) Replace the width detecting guide.
4) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2467 Can’t rewind because paper is The rewind request from the PC was received Try the operation again after the paper
being fed. while paper was being fed feed is completed.

Try again after the completion of


feeding paper.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2470 Paper jam occurred in printer. The paper end sensor and splice sensor do
(Paper supply section) not change the state even if the film leading
Remove paper. end is pulled out by a preset length.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Paper supply motor (M301) does not 1.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M301 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M301 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
4) Disengaged or worn timing belt in the 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
paper supply section
5) Disengaged or worn timing pulley in the 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
paper supply section
6) Increased load in the drive section 6) Inspect or repair the drive section.
2. Paper splice sensor (D301) does not 2.
detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D301 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D301 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
3. Paper cannot be rewound. 3.
1) Broken magazine drive pulley 1) Replace the pulley.
2) Paper slippage due to dirty rollers 2) Clean the roller.
3) Broken or disengaged magazine nip 3) Repair or replace the spring.
spring
4) Reverse-prevention lock in the magazine 4) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cannot be unlocked (broken cutter guide
pin, bent or scuffed magazine lock pin)
4. Paper does not reach the sensor. 4.
1) D301 cannot detect paper because the 1) Cut the paper’s leading end straight.
paper’s leading end is cut aslant.
2) Paper protrudes too much when setting it. 2) Adjust the length of the paper that
protrudes from the magazine.
3) Paper hit the magazine nip roller. 3) Inspect or replace the magazine nip
roller section guide.
4) Paper is set aslant. 4) Set the paper correctly.
5) Magazine table is incorrectly set. 5) Inspect or repair the table.
6) Magazine shutter malfunction (broken 6) Replace the cutter guide or magazine.
cutter guide pin, faulty magazine shutter
section)
7) Faulty magazine end detecting plate 7) Replace the magazine end detecting
plate or magazine.
5. Blown fuse (FH31) in the PWR22 circuit 5. Replace the fuse.
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2471 Paper jam occurred in printer. Paper feed error
(Paper supply section - Feeding (Causes of the error message)
section) 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
Remove paper. 1) The nip roller or spring is out of place. 1) Inspect/repair the nip roller and spring.
2) Paper remains in the printer. 2) Remove the paper.
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Check/repair the guide plate.
plate
4) The curl of the paper is excessive. 4) Replace the paper.
2. Feed drive motor 1 (M302) does not 2.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M302 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M302 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
4) Disengaged or worn feed drive gear 4) Reinstall or replace the gear.
5) Increased lode in the drive section 5) Inspect/repair the drive section.
3. Back printer entrance sensor (D302) does 3.
not detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D302 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D302 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2472 Paper jam occurred in printer. Paper feed error
(Feeding section - Back printer (Causes of the error message)
section) 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
Remove paper. 1) Back printer clearance is incorrectly 1) Adjust the clearance correctly.
adjusted.
2) Paper remains in the printer. 2) Remove the paper.
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Check/repair the guide plate.
plate
4) The curl of the paper is excessive. 4) Replace the paper.
2. Feed drive motor 2 (M303) does not 2.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M303 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M303 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
4) Disengaged or worn feed drive gear 4) Reinstall or replace the gear.
5) Increased load in the drive section 5) Inspect/repair the drive section.
3. Back printer entrance sensor (D302) does 3.
not detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D302 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D302 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2473 Paper jam occurred in printer. Paper feed error
(Back printer section - Register (Causes of the error message)
section) 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
Remove paper. 1) Back printer clearance is incorrectly 1) Adjust the clearance correctly.
adjusted.
2) Paper remains in the printer. 2) Remove the paper.
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Check/repair the guide plate.
plate
4) The curl of the paper is excessive. 4) Replace the paper.
2. Feed drive motor 2 (M303) does not 2.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M303 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M303 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 3) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
4) Disengaged or worn feed drive gear 4) Reinstall or replace the gear.
5) Increased load in the drive section 5) Inspect/repair the drive section.
3. Registration sensor (D303) does not 3.
detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D303 and the CTP22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty D303 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
4. Faulty feed roller nip or pre-registration 4.
roller nip mechanism (The rollers do not
nip paper.)
1) Broken nip release cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Broken nip release arm 2) Reinstall or replace the arm.
3) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 3) Perform fine adjustment again.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2474 Paper jam occurred in printer. Paper feed error
(Register section - Sub- (Causes of the error message)
scanning section) 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
Remove paper. 1) Abnormal width detecting operation 1) Refer to E-2466.)
2) The magazine ID does not match the 2) Replace with the correct ID chip, or
paper width. correct the setting.
3) Abnormal magazine ID detection 3) (Refer to W-2426.)
4) Inspect or repair the width detecting
section.
5) Disengaged nip roller or spring 5) Inspect, repair or replace the nip roller
or spring.
6) Width detecting section is incorrectly 6) Inspect, repair or replace the guide
installed, deformed or broken. plate.
7) Paper slippage due to dirty roller 7) Clean the roller.
8) Paper remains in the printer. 8) Remove the paper.
9) Heavily curled paper 9) Replace the paper.
2. Registration drive motor (M304) does not 2.
rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M304 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M304 2) Replace the motor.
3) Disengaged or worn drive gear 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
4) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 4) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
3. Registration sensor (D303) or Pre- 3.
exposure sensor (D304) does not detect
paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D303/D304 and the CTP22 replace the harness.
circuit board
2) Faulty D303/D304 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
4. Faulty registration nip or first sub-scanning 4.
roller nip (The rollers do not nip paper.)
1) Broken nip release cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Broken nip release arm 2) Reinstall or replace the arm.
3) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 3) Perform the fine adjustment again.
5. Sub-scanning drive motor (M305) does 5.
not rotate, or the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M305 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M305 2) Replace the motor.
3) Faulty motor driver 3) Replace the motor driver.
4) Disengaged or broken steel belt 4) Reinstall or replace the steel belt.
5) Abnormal steel belt tension 5) Adjust the belt tension again.
6) Increased load in the drive section 6) Inspect or repair the drive system.
6. Exit section up/down belt malfunction 6.
1) Broken cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 2) Perform the fine adjustment again.
3) Increased load in the drive section 3) Inspect or repair the drive section.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2475 Paper jam occurred in printer. Paper feed error
(Exit section) (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper. 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
1) The feed roller or spring is out of place. 1) Inspect or repair the nip roller and
spring.
2) Deformed, incorrectly installed or broken 2) Repair or replace the feed belt.
feed belt
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Inspect or repair the guide plate.
plate
4) Paper slippage due to dirty rollers 4) Clean the roller.
5) The curl of the paper is excessive. 5) Replace the paper.
2. Exit drive motor (M306) does not rotate, or 2.
the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M306 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M306 2) Replace the motor.
3) Disengaged or worn exit drive motor drive 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
gear
4) Disengaged or worn exit drive timing belt 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
5) Disengaged or worn exit drive pulley 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
6) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 6) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
7) Increased load in the drive section 7) Inspect or repair the drive section.
3. Processor entry sensor (D305) does not 3.
detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D305 and CTP22 circuit board replace the harness.
2) Faulty D305 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
4. Exit section up/down belt malfunction 4.
1) Broken cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 2) Adjust the lowest position of the up/
down belt.
3) Increased load in the drive section 3) Inspect or repair the drive section.
W-2476 Paper jam occurred in printer. The error recovery process used to cope with Wait until the process is completed.
a jam is in progress.
The error recovery process is in
progress. Please wait.
I-2477 Loading paper. (Causes of the error message)
1. The feed section initialization is in 1. Wait until the auto load operation is
Please wait. progress during the system startup or after complete.
a cover is closed.
2. Blown fuse (FH14) in the PWR22 circuit 2. Replace the fuse.
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2478 Paper jam occurred in printer or Paper feed error
processor section. (Causes of the error message)
(Exit section - Processor 1. Paper jamming occurred. 1.
section) 1) The feed roller or spring is out of place. 1) Inspect or repair the nip roller and
Remove paper. spring.
2) Deformed, incorrectly installed or broken 2) Repair or replace the feed belt.
feed belt
3) Deformed or incorrectly installed guide 3) Inspect or repair the guide plate.
plate
4) Paper slippage due to dirty rollers 4) Clean the roller.
5) Paper remains in the printer. 5) Remove the paper.
6) The curl of the paper is excessive. 6) Replace the paper.
2. Exit drive motor (M306) does not rotate, or 2.
the drive system is faulty.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between M306 and the PDC22 circuit replace the harness.
board
2) Faulty M306 2) Replace the motor.
3) Disengaged or worn exit drive motor drive 3) Reinstall or replace the gear.
gear
4) Disengaged or worn exit drive timing belt 4) Reinstall or replace the belt.
5) Disengaged or worn exit drive pulley 5) Reinstall or replace the pulley.
6) Faulty PDC22 circuit board 6) Replace the PDC22 circuit board.
7) Increased load in the drive section 7) Inspect or repair the drive section.
3. Processor entry sensor (D305) does not 3.
detect paper.
1) Poorly connected or broken harness 1) Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between D305 and CTP22 circuit board replace the harness.
2) Faulty D305 2) Replace the sensor.
3) Faulty CTP22 circuit board 3) Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
4. Exit section up/down belt malfunction 4.
1) Broken cam 1) Replace the cam.
2) Faulty mechanism fine adjustment 2) Adjust the lowest position of the up/
down belt.
3) Increased load in the drive section 3) Inspect or repair the drive section.
5. Blown fuse (FH26) in the PWR22 circuit 5. Replace the fuse.
board
I-2479 Paper-end processing. The paper end process is in progress. Wait until the process is completed.

Please wait.
E-2501 ROS shutter malfunctions. The mechanical shutter linked to the optical
system did not function. (The shutter-open
Consult your technical signal could not be detected by the shutter-
representative. open sensor.)
(Causes of the error message)
1. Blown fuse (FC07) in the LDD22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
2. Poorly connected or broken harness that 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
includes the connector in the laser unit replace the harness.
3. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
4. Faulty laser unit 4. Replace the laser unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2502 ROS fan malfunctions. The mechanical shutter linked to the optical
system did not function. (The rotation sensor
Consult your technical did not function.)
representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness that 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
includes the connector (JROS) in the laser replace the harness.
unit
2. Poorly connected fan connector 2. Reconnect the connector.
3. Blown fuse (FC07) in the LDD22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
E-2503 The polygon malfunctions. The mechanical polygon did not function.
(The rotation sensor did not function.)
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness that 1. Reconnect the connector, or replace/
includes the connector (JROS) in the laser repair the harness.
unit
2. Poorly connected connector (JPLG) at the 2. Reconnect the connector.
bottom of the laser unit
3. Blown fuse (FC06) in the LDD22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Blown fuse (FH12) in the PWR22 circuit 4. Replace the fuse.
board
5. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 5. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
6. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 6. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
E-2506 The exposure section cooling The fan in the exposure section did not
fan malfunctions. function. (The rotation sensor did not
function.)
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. Poorly contacting connector for the cooling 1. Reconnect the connector.
fan
2. Blown fuse (FC06) in the LDD22 circuit 2. Replace the fuse.
board
3. Faulty cooling fan 3. Replace the fan.
4. Faulty LDD22 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
W-2507 The paper condition setup of the When a magazine is installed, a message
magazine not performed. indicating that the density measurement has
not been performed is displayed.
Perform the paper condition 1. The magazine has been replaced. 1. Perform the paper condition setup.
setup.
E-2508 The communication error A timeout with the optical section (LDA22)
occurred in the printer occurred.
processor. (Causes of the error message)
(GHT22-LDA22) 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Consult your technical between the GHT22 and LDA22 circuit replace the harness.
representative. boards
2. Faulty GHT22 circuit board 2. Replace the GHT22 circuit board.
3. Faulty LDA22 circuit board 3. Replace the LDA22 circuit board.
E-2509 R-laser information (R-LD) Incorrect data read from the EEPROM in the
information failure. laser unit during the system startup.
(Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
2. Poorly contacting connector (JML1 or 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
JML2) or broken harness between the replace the harness.
laser unit and the JML22 circuit board
3. Blown fuse (FC03) in the LDD22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Abnormal system software 4. Restart the system. Reinstall it if the
problem occurs again.
5. Faulty laser unit 5. Replace the laser unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2510 G-laser (G-SHG) information Incorrect data read from the EEPROM in the
failure. laser unit during the system startup.
(Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
2. Poorly contacting connector (JML6) or 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
broken harness between the laser unit and replace the harness.
the JML22 circuit board
3. Blown fuse (FC03) in the LDD22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Abnormal system software 4. Restart the system. Reinstall it if the
problem occurs again.
5. Faulty laser unit 5. Replace the laser unit.
E-2511 B-laser (B-SHG) information Incorrect data read from the EEPROM in the
failure. laser unit during the system startup.
(Causes of the error message)
Call technical representative. 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
2. Poorly contacting connector (JML1 or 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
JML2) or broken harness between the replace the harness.
laser unit and the JML22 circuit board
3. Blown fuse (FC03) in the LDD22 circuit 3. Replace the fuse.
board
4. Abnormal system software 4. Restart the system. Reinstall it if the
problem occurs again.
5. Faulty laser unit 5. Replace the laser unit.
E-2512 R laser (R-LD) temperature Laser temperature is outside of the specified
outside specified range. range during the initialization.
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 1. Replace the fuse.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Poorly contacting connector or broken 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
harness between the laser unit and the replace the harness.
LDD22 circuit board
3. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
4. Faulty laser unit 4. Replace the laser unit.
E-2513 G laser (G-SHG) temperature Laser temperature is outside of the specified
outside specified range. range during the initialization.
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Poorly contacting connector (JML5) or 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
restart, consult your technical broken harness between the laser unit and replace the harness.
representative. the JML circuit board
2. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 2. Replace the fuse.
circuit board
E-2514 B laser (B-SHG) temperature Laser temperature is outside of the specified
outside specified range. range during the initialization.
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Poorly contacting connector (JML8) or 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
restart, consult your technical broken harness between the laser unit and replace the harness.
representative. the JML circuit board
2. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 2. Replace the fuse.
E-2515 R-laser (R-LD) temperature When laser temperature is outside of the
error occurred. specified range
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 1. Replace the fuse.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Broken wire in the laser unit 2. Replace the laser unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2516 G-laser (G-SHG) temperature When laser temperature is outside of the
error occurred. specified range
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 1. Replace the fuse.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Broken wire in the laser unit 2. Replace the laser unit.
E-2517 B-laser (B-SHG) temperature When laser temperature is outside of the
error occurred. specified range
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Blown fuse (FC01 or FC02) in the LDD22 1. Replace the fuse.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Broken wire in the laser unit 2. Replace the laser unit.
W-2518 A temperature error detected in When the ambient temperature is outside of
the printer. the specified range
Warming-up of laser stopped. (Causes of the error message)
Check it referring to the manual. 1. The current temperature is above (or 1. Measure the internal temperature, and
below) the specified range. adjust it (using an airconditioner) to
within 5 to 45 degrees centigrade as
per “Printer Temperature Display
(456).”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
temperature sensor replace the harness.
3. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 3. Replace the fuse.
LDD22 circuit board
4. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board
5. Faulty temperature sensor 5. Replace the sensor.
E-2519 AOM temperature error An abnormal temperature was observed at
occurred. the AOM immediately before the exposure.
(Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
restart, consult your technical between the LDD22 circuit board and the replace the harness.
representative. AOM driver
2. Blown fuse in the LDD22 circuit board 2. Replace the fuse.
3. Faulty AOM driver 3. Replace the AOM driver.
4. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
E-2520 Excessive R laser (R-LD) The LD current limiter detected an excessive
current detected. current.
(Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. LDD22 circuit board
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2521 Excessive G laser (G-SHG) The LD current limiter detected an excessive
current detected. current.
(Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. LDD22 circuit board
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2522 Excessive B laser (B-SHG) The LD current limiter detected an excessive
current detected. current.
(Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. LDD22 circuit board
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2523 R laser (R-LD) current The PD current is not within the specified
measurement value outside range.
specified range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 1. Replace the fuse.
If problems persist after the LDD22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Broken wire in the laser unit 2. Replace the laser unit.
representative.
E-2524 G laser (G-SHG) current The PD current is not within the specified
measurement value outside range.
specified of range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 1. Replace the fuse.
If problems persist after the LDD22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FH12 or FH14) in the PWR22 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. circuit board
3. Broken wire in the laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2525 B laser (B-SHG) current The PD current is not within the specified
measurement value outside range.
specified range. (Causes of the error message)
1. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 1. Replace the fuse.
If problems persist after the LDD22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Blown fuse (FH12 or FH15) in the PWR22 2. Replace the fuse.
representative. circuit board
3. Broken wire in the laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
W-2526 R laser (R-LD) is about to its Laser deterioration was detected in the last
lifetime. post-operational check.
(Causes of the error message)
No problem for the moment, but 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
consult technical representative. 2. Deteriorated laser 2. Replace the laser unit.
W-2527 G laser (G-SHG) is about to its Laser deterioration was detected in the last
lifetime. post-operational check.
(Causes of the error message)
No problem for the moment, but 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
consult technical representative. 2. The temperature has not been periodically 2. Perform temperature optimization by
set to an optimum value. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup (454).”
3. Deteriorated laser 3. Replace the laser unit.
W-2528 B laser (B-SHG) is about to its Laser deterioration was detected in the last
lifetime. post-operational check.
(Causes of the error message)
No problem for the moment, but 1. Incorrect data in the laser unit 1. Replace the laser unit.
consult technical representative. 2. The temperature has not been periodically 2. Perform temperature optimization by
set to an optimum value. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
Temperature Setup (454).”
3. Deteriorated laser 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2529 SOS detection failed. When SOS cannot be detected
(Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Cable to the AOM driver is not connected 1. Confirm that the AOM driver is
restart, consult your technical or the wires are incorrectly swapped properly connected.
representative. (check them for the correct colors).
2. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 2. Replace the fuse.
LDD22 circuit board
3. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 3. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
4. Faulty laser unit 4. Replace the laser unit.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2530 Electrical failure occurred in the The power supply voltages are outside of the
exposure section. specified range.
(Causes of the error message)
If problems persist, call technical 1. The cable between the LDD22 and 1. Connect the cable properly.
representative. PWR22 circuit boards is not connected.
2. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 2. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
3. Blown fuse(s) (FH9 to FH15) in the LDD22 3. Replace the fuse.
circuit board
W-2532 G laser (SHG) temperature SHG needs to be set.
adjustment required. (Causes of the error message)
1. Three months have passed since the 1. Perform temperature optimization by
Perform the G, B-laser (SHG) setting was performed last. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
optimal temperature setup in the Temperature Setup (454).”
“4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adj./Maintenance” menu.
W-2533 10 days passed since the last The paper condition setup for the master Perform the paper condition setup.
paper condition setup. magazine has not been performed for 10
days.
We recommend paper condition
setup.
E-2534 An error detected by R-laser(R- Laser Thermistor detects an error.
LD) sensor. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the laser unit and the JML22 replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty JML22 circuit board 2. Replace the JML22 circuit board.
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2535 An error detected by G-laser(G- Laser Thermistor detects an error.
SHG) sensor. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the laser unit and the JML22 replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty JML22 circuit board 2. Replace the JML22 circuit board.
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
E-2536 An error detected by B-laser(B- Laser Thermistor detects an error.
SHG) sensor. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the laser unit and the JML22 replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty JML22 circuit board 2. Replace the JML22 circuit board.
3. Faulty laser unit 3. Replace the laser unit.
W-2537 Laser temperature adjustment After the initialization, the ambient
not started because the ambient temperature has been outside of the
temperature is too low(high). specified range for more than the specified
period.
Adjust the ambient temp. (Causes of the error message)
between 15 to 30-C. (Laser 1. The current temperature is above (or 1. Measure the internal temperature, and
temp. adjustment will be started below) the specified range. adjust it (using an airconditioner) to
when the ambient temp. within 5 to 45 degrees centigrade as
exceeds 5-C.) per “Printer Temperature Display
(456).”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
temperature sensor. replace the harness.
3. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 3. Replace the fuse.
LDD22 circuit board
4. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board.
5. Faulty temperature sensor 5. Replace the sensor.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2538 Time to replace ROS filter. The air filter has not been replaced during the
specified period.
Replace ROS filter. (Causes of the error message)
1. The specified time has elapsed since the 1. Replace the filter and press the
filter was replaced last. [Replace] button in “Filter
Replacement History (45B).”
E-2539 Time to replace ROS filter. The air filter has not been replaced during the
specified period.
Replace ROS filter. (Causes of the error message)
1. The specified time has elapsed since the 1. Replace the filter and press the
filter was replaced last. [Replace] button in “Filter
Replacement History (45B).”
W-2540 Ambient temperature too low The ambient temperature is outside of the
(high). range between 10 to 42 degrees centigrade
(by default).
Adjust the ambient temperature (Causes of the error message)
between 15 to 30-C. 1. The current temperature is above (or 1. Measure the internal temperature, and
below) the specified range. adjust it (using an airconditioner) to
within 5 to 45 degrees centigrade as
per “Displaying the Internal Printer
Temperature (456).”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness of the 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
temperature sensor replace the harness.
3. Blown fuse (FC01, FC02, or FC03) in the 3. Replace the fuse.
LDD22 circuit board
4. Faulty LDD22 circuit board 4. Replace the LDD22 circuit board
5. Faulty temperature sensor 5. Replace the sensor.
E-2541 R-laser (R-LD) CB temperature R-laser (R-LD) CB temperature is outside of
error occurred. the specified range.
1. Disconnected connector (JML1, JML2) 1. Reconnect the connector.
If problems persist after the 2. Broken harness between the laser unit 2. Repair/replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical and the JML22 circuit board
representative. 3. Faulty JML22circuit board 3. Replace the JML22circuit board.
4. Faulty laser unit 4. Replace the laser unit.
W-2541 Periodic time to set the optimal SHG needs to be set.
temperatures of B laser (SHG). (Causes of the error message)
1. Three months have passed since the 1. Perform temperature optimization by
Perform the G, B-laser (SHG) setting was last performed. referring to “B, G Laser (SHG) Optimal
optimal temperature setup in the Temperature Setup (454).”
“4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adj./Maintenance” menu.
W-2601 Paper jam occurred in the Paper is not fed out after the specified time
processor section. has passed.
%NUM% papers remain in (Causes of the error message)
processor. 1. Incorrectly installed unit (processing rack, 1. Reinstall each unit.
Remove paper. crossover rack, dryer rack, etc.)
2. Paper remains in the processor due to a 2. Remove paper.
power failure during paper feed.
3. Poorly connected connector (CTP19) or 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
broken harness between the Dryer section replace the harness.
exit sensor (D411) and the CTP22 circuit
board
4. Faulty D411 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Faulty processing rack or crossover rack 5. Clean or replace the parts or unit.
W-2602 Paper remains in the processor The power is turned OFF while paper is in the Remove the paper in the processor or
section. processor. dryer section.

Remove paper.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2606 Replenisher cartridge opening Replenisher cartridge section is faulty.
drive motor (M402) failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Consult your technical between the replenisher cartridge opening replace the harness.
representative. drive motor (M402) and the CTP22 circuit
board
2. Faulty M402 2. Replace the motor.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the cartridge box sensor (D408, replace the harness.
D409) and the CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty D408 or D409 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the replenisher door detecting replace the harness.
interlock switch(D410) and the PAC22
circuit board
6. Faulty D410 6. Replace the interlock switch.
W-2607 PSR replenisher nearly empty. When the PSR lower limit sensor sensed
“solution low” during the FA process
Mix the replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. The PSR tank is empty. 1. Add two liters of water.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the PSR external replenisher the harness.
solution level sensor (FS418) and the
CTP16 in the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS418 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2609 The dryer unit or the dryer cover Dryer unit or dryer section cover is opened
opened. while paper is processed in the processor.
Processing cancelled. (Causes of the error message)
Remove paper, and then start 1. Incorrectly installed dryer unit 1. Correctly install the dryer unit.
processing. 2. Incorrectly installed dryer cover 2. Correctly install the dryer cover.
(incorrectly tightened thumbscrews)
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the dryer unit detecting interlock replace the harness.
switch (D416) and the PWR22 circuit
board
4. Blown fuse related to the interlock switch 4. Replace the fuse.
5. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 5. Replace the PWR22 circuit board
W-2611 The dryer unit or the dryer Dryer unit or dryer section cover is opened
section cover opened. while paper is processed in the processor.
(Causes of the error message)
Close the cover. 1. Incorrectly installed dryer unit 1. Correctly install the dryer unit.
2. Incorrectly installed dryer cover 2. Correctly install the dryer cover.
(incorrectly tightened thumbscrews)
3. Deformed interlock detecting plate 3. Repair/replace the detecting plate.
4. Poorly connected or broken harness 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the dryer unit detecting interlock replace the harness.
switch (D416) and the PWR22 circuit
board
5. Faulty D416 5. Replace the sensor.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2614 P1 processing tank temperature Solution temperature does not rise more than
not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
Processing tank heaters (H401) (Causes of the error message)
turned off. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the P1 solution heater (H401) replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical and the PAC6 in the PAC22 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
3. Faulty H401 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the P1 circulation pump (PU401) replace the harness.
and the PAC22 circuit board
6. Faulty P1 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS401)
7. Faulty CTP22circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2615 P2 processing tank temperature Solution temperature does not rise more than
not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
Processing tank heaters (H402) (Causes of the error message)
turned off. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the P2 solution heater (H402) replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical and the PAC6 in the PAC22 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
3. Faulty H402 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the P2 circulation pump (PU402) replace the harness.
and the PAC22 circuit board
6. Faulty P2 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS402)
7. Faulty CTP22circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2616 PS1, 2 processing tank Solution temperature does not rise more than
temperatures not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
Processing tank heaters (H403) (Causes of the error message)
turned off. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the PS1/2 solution heater (H403) replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical and the PAC5 in the PAC22 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
3. Faulty H403 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PS1/2 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU403/PU404) and the PAC22 circuit
board
6. Faulty PS1/2 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS403)
7. Faulty CTP22circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2617 PS3, 4 processing tank Solution temperature does not rise more than
temperatures not rising. 1°C within 30 minutes.
Processing tank heaters (H404) (Causes of the error message)
turned off. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the PS3/4 solution heater (H404) replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical and the PAC5 in the PAC22 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
3. Faulty H404 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PS3/4 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU405/PU406) and the PAC22 circuit
board
6. Faulty PS3/4 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS404)
7. Blown fuse in the CTP22 circuit board 7. Replace the fuse.
8. Faulty CTP22circuit board 8. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2618 Dryer section temperature not Solution temperature does not rise more than
rising. 1°C within 1 minute during heat-up.
Dryer section heaters (H406) (Causes of the error message)
turned off. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
If problems persist after the between the dryer heater (H406) and the replace the harness.
restart, consult your technical PAC22 circuit board
representative. 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
3. Faulty H406 3. Replace the heater.
E-2619 Temperature of P1 processing Abnormal P1 solution temperature
tank outside the specified (Causes of the error message)
temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H401) turned off. between the P1 solution heater (H401) replace the harness.
If problems persist after the and the PAC6 in the PAC22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
representative. 3. Faulty H401 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
5. Poorly connected or broken harness the circulation filter.
between the P1 circulation pump (PU401) 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
and the PAC22 circuit board replace the harness.
6. Faulty P1 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS401)
7. Faulty CTP22circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2620 Temperature of P2 processing Abnormal P2 solution temperature
tank outside the specified (Causes of the error message)
temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H402) turned off. between the P2 solution heater (H402) replace the harness.
If problems persist after the and the PAC6 in the PAC22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
representative. 3. Faulty H402 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the P2 circulation pump (PU402) replace the harness.
and the PAC22 circuit board
6. Faulty P2 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS402)
7. Faulty CTP22circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2621 Temperature of PS 1,2 Abnormal PS1/PS2 solution temperature
processing tank outside the (Causes of the error message)
specified temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H403) turned off. between the PS1/2 solution heater (H403) replace the harness.
If problems persist after the and the PAC5 in the PAC22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
representative. 3. Faulty H403 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PS1/2 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU403/PU404) and the PAC22 circuit
board
6. Faulty PS1/2 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS403)
7. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2622 Temperature of PS 3,4 Abnormal PS3/PS4 solution temperature
processing tank outside the (Causes of the error message)
specified temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H404) turned off. between the PS3/4 solution heater (H404) replace the harness.
If problems persist after the and the PAC5 in the PAC22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
representative. 3. Faulty H404 3. Replace the heater.
4. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 4. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
the circulation filter.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PS3/4 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU405/PU406) and the PAC22 circuit
board
6. Faulty PS3/4 solution temperature sensor 6. Replace the sensor.
(TS404)
7. Faulty CTP22circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2623 Temperature of dryer section Abnormal dryer temperature
outside the specified (Causes of the error message)
temperature range. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Heater (H406) turned off. between the dryer heater (H406) and the replace the harness.
If problems persist after the PAC22 circuit board
restart, consult your technical 2. Faulty electrical section 2. Repair the electrical section.
representative. 3. Faulty H406 3. Replace the heater.
E-2624 P1 safety thermostat (D401) Safety thermostat in P1 processing tank is
activated. activated.
Heater (H401) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 1. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
restart, consult your technical the circulation filter.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the P1 circulation pump (PU401) replace the harness.
and the PAC22 circuit board
3. Faulty P1 solution temperature sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
(TS401)
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2625 P2 safety thermostat (D402) Safety thermostat in P2 processing tank is
activated. activated.
Heater (H402) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 1. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
restart, consult your technical the circulation filter.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the P2 circulation pump (PU402) replace the harness.
and the PAC22 circuit board
3. Faulty P2 solution temperature sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
(TS402)
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2626 PS1/2 safety thermostat (D403) Safety thermostat in PS1/2 processing tank is
activated. activated.
Heaters (H403) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 1. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
restart, consult your technical the circulation filter.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PS2 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU404) and the PAC22 circuit board
3. Faulty PS1/2 solution temperature sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
(TS403)
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2627 PS3/4 safety thermostat (D404) Safety thermostat in PS3/4 processing tank is
activated. activated.
Heaters (H404) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Clogged hose, nozzle or circulation filter 1. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
restart, consult your technical the circulation filter.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the PS4 circulation pump replace the harness.
(PU406) and the PAC22 circuit board
3. Faulty PS3/4 solution temperature sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
(TS404)
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2628 Safety thermostat in dryer Safety thermostat in the dryer section is
section (D406) activated. activated.
Heater (H406) turned off. (Causes of the error message)
If problems persist after the 1. Faulty dryer fan (F405) 1. Clean the hose or nozzle, or replace
restart, consult your technical the circulation filter.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
between the dryer air temperature sensor replace the harness.
(TS406) and the CTP13 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty TS406 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Foreign matter is caught in the dryer duct. 4. Remove the foreign matter.
W-2629 P1 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the P1 processing tank
Temperature adjustment is low.
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
Refer to manual for guidance. 1. Solution leak 1. Repair the solution leak.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU408) and PAC3 in the PAC22 circuit
board
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1 solution level sensor replace the harness.
(FS401) and the CTP15 in the CTP22
circuit board
4. Faulty PU408 4. Replace the pump.
5. Faulty FS401 5. Replace the sensor.
6. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 6. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
7. Faulty PAC22 circuit board 7. Replace the PAC22 circuit board.
W-2630 P2 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the P2 processing tank
Temperature adjustment is low.
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
Refer to manual for guidance. 1. Solution leak 1. Repair the solution leak.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2 solution level sensor replace the harness.
(FS402) and the CTP15 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty FS402 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2631 PS1 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the PS1 processing tank
Temperature adjustment is low.
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
Refer to manual for guidance. 1. Solution leak 1. Repair the solution leak.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the PS1 solution level sensor replace the harness.
(FS403) and the CTP15 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty sensor (FS403) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2632 PS2 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the PS2 processing tank
Temperature adjustment is low.
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
Refer to manual for guidance. 1. Solution leak 1. Repair the solution leak.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the PS2 solution level sensor replace the harness.
(FS404) and the CTP15 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Safety FS404 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2633 PS3 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the PS3 processing tank
Temperature adjustment is low.
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
Refer to manual for guidance. 1. Solution leak 1. Repair the solution leak.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the PS3 solution level sensor replace the harness.
(FS405) and the CTP15 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty FS405 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2634 PS4 solution level has fallen. The solution level of the PS4 processing tank
Temperature adjustment is low.
stopped. (Causes of the error message)
Refer to manual for guidance. 1. Solution leak 1. Repair the solution leak.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the sensor (FS406) and the replace the harness.
CTP15 in the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS406 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2635 P1R replenisher solution level When the P1R lower limit sensor detects
has fallen. “solution low” during the FA process
(Causes of the error message)
Mix the replenisher. 1. P1R solution level is low. 1. Replenish the P1R.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R external replenisher replace the harness.
sensor (FS416) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS416 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2638 P1R replenisher empty. When the P1R lower limit sensor detects
“Completely no solution”
Add replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. No solution is in the P1R tank. 1. Replenish the P1R.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R external replenisher replace the harness.
level sensor (FS416) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS416 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2644 W2 waste tank nearly full. When the external waste solution sensor
detects “solution exists”
Collect it in the recovery tank. (Causes of the error message)
1. The external waste solution level sensor 1. Collect the waste solution.
(FS420) detected “Solution exists.”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between FS420 and the CTP16 in the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS420 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2645 W2 waste tank full. When the external waste solution sensor
detected “solution completely full”
Collect it in the recovery tank. (Causes of the error message)
1. The external waste solution level sensor 1. Collect the waste solution.
(FS420) detected “Solution exists.”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between FS420 and the CTP16 in the replace the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS420 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2648 PSR replenisher nearly empty. When the PSR upper limit sensor detects
“solution low”
Replenish 4L of replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. PSR solution level is low. 1. Add one FSC and four liters of FRSS.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the PSR upper level sensor the harness.
(FS410) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty FS410 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2649 PSR replenisher empty. When the PSR lower limit sensor detects
“solution low”
Replenish 8L of replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. The PSR tank is empty. 1. Add two FSCs and eight liters of
FRSS.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the PSR lower level sensor the harness.
(FS414) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty FS414 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2650 W1 waste tank nearly full. When the internal waste solution sensor
detects “Solution exists.”
Collect it in the recovery tank. (Causes of the error message)
1. The waste solution level sensor (FS415) 1. Collect the waste solution.
indicates “Solution exists.”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between FS415 and the CTP16 in the the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS415 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2651 W1 waste tank full. When the external waste solution sensor
detects “solution completely full”
Collect it in the recovery tank. (Causes of the error message)
1. The waste solution level sensor (FS415) 1. Collect the waste solution.
indicates “Solution exists.”
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between FS415 and the CTP16 in the the harness.
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS415 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board
E-2657 P1R replenishment pump When the integrated discharge up to the P1R
(PU408) or P1R replenisher upper limit sensor exceeds the specified
stirring valve (S410) value (1998 ml)
malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
Call technical representative. between P1R replenisher pump (PU408) replace the harness.
and the PAC3 in the PAC22 circuit board
2. Faulty PU408 2. Replace the pump.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between P1R stirring valve (S410) and the replace the harness.
PDC12 in the PDC22 circuit board
4. Faulty S410 4. Replace the stirring valve.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between P1R cartridge washing valve replace the harness.
(S407) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
6. Faulty S407 6. Replace the washing valve.
7. Poorly connected or broken harness 7. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between P1R upper level sensor (FS407) replace the harness.
and the CTP16 in the CTP22 circuit board
8. Faulty FS407 8. Replace the sensor.
E-2658 P2RA replenishment pump When the integrated discharge up to the
(PU409) or P2RA replenisher P2RA upper limit sensor exceeds the
cartridge washing valve (S408) specified value (777 ml)
malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
Call technical representative. between the P2RA replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU409) and the PAC3 in the PAC22
circuit board
2. Faulty PU409 2. Replace the pump.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RA cartridge washing replace the harness.
valve (S408) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
4. Faulty S408 4. Replace the washing valve.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RB upper level sensor replace the harness.
(FS408) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
6. Faulty FS408 6. Replace the sensor.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2659 P2RB replenishment pump When the integrated discharge up to the
(PU410) or P2RB replenisher P2RB upper limit sensor exceeds the
cartridge washing valve (S409) specified value (777 ml)
malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
Call technical representative. between the P2RB replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU410) and the PAC3 in the PAC22
circuit board
2. Faulty PU410 2. Replace the pump.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RB cartridge washing replace the harness.
valve (S409) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
4. Faulty S409 4. Replace the washing valve.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RB upper level sensor replace the harness.
(FS409) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
6. Faulty FS409 6. Replace the sensor.
W-2660 PSR replenisher empty. When the PSR lower limit sensor detects
“solution low” during the FA process
Mix the replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. The PSR tank is empty. 1. Add eight liters of water into the
FRSS.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the PSR external replenisher the harness.
level sensor (FS418) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS418 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-2662 Performing the evaporation Evaporation replenishment is in progress. Wait until the process is completed.
correction.
Warming-up will be started after
the evaporation correction.
Please wait.
E-2663 P1R replenisher pump (PU408) When the integrated discharge between the
malfunctions. P1R upper and lower limit sensors exceeds
the specified value
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU408) and the PAC3 in the PAC22
circuit board
2. Faulty PU408 2. Replace the pump.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R lower level sensor replace the harness.
(FS411) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
4. Faulty FS411 4. Replace the sensor.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2664 P2RA replenisher pump When the integrated discharge between the
(PU409) malfunctions. P2RA upper and lower limit sensors exceeds
the specified value
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RA replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU409) and the PAC3 in the PAC22
circuit board
2. Faulty PU409 2. Replace the pump.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RA lower level sensor replace the harness.
(FS412) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
4. Faulty FS412 4. Replace the sensor.
E-2665 P2RB replenisher pump When the integrated discharge between the
(PU410) malfunctions. P2RB upper and lower limit sensors exceeds
the specified value
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RB replenisher pump replace the harness.
(PU410) and the PAC3 in the PAC22
circuit board
2. Faulty PU410 2. Replace the pump.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the sensor (FS413) and the replace the harness.
CTP16 in the CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty FS413 4. Replace the sensor.
W-2666 P2R replenisher nearly empty. When the P2R lower limit sensor detects
“solution low” during the FA process
Mix the replenisher. (Causes of the error message)
1. The replenisher solution level is low. 1. Replenish the P2R tank.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the external replenisher level replace the harness.
sensor (FS417) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS417 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2667 P2R replenisher empty. When the P2R lower limit sensor detects
“solution completely empty” during the FA
Mix the replenisher. process
(Causes of the error message)
1. The P2R tank is empty. 1. Replenish the P2R tank.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2R external replenisher replace the harness.
level sensor (FS417) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS417 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2670 Replenisher cartridge not (Causes of the error message)
loaded. 1. The replenisher cartridge is not installed. 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
Install new replenisher cartridge. between the sensor (D407) and the replace the harness.
CTP17 in the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty D407 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-2671 Replenisher door open. The replenisher box door is open.
(Causes of the error message)
Close it. 1. The replenisher box door is open. 1. Close the replenisher box door.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the replenisher door detecting replace the harness.
interlock switch (D410) and the PWR4 in
the PWR22 circuit board
3. Faulty D410 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty PWR22 circuit board 4. Replace the PWR22 circuit board.
W-2672 PSR lowered. When the PSR upper limit level sensor
detects “solution low”
Continue to replenish PSR until (Causes of the error message)
this message disappears. 1. The replenisher solution level is low. 1. Add FRSS until the message
disappears.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the PSR upper level sensor replace the harness.
(FS410) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
3. Faulty FS410 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
E-2673 Opening of replenisher cartridge When the lower limit sensor does not detect
failed. “solution exists” within a specific time after
the cartridge is opened.
Call technical representative. (Causes of the error message)
1. Faulty replenisher cartridge opening 1. - Check whether or not if any solution
remains in the cartridge due to
opening failure. If an opening error
occurred, also check whether or not
the opening section is broken.
- If an opening error occurred but no
abnormality was found, drain off the
P1R,P2RA,P2RB replenisher tanks,
set a new replenisher cartridge and
resume operation.
2. Clogged replenishment pipe(s) 2. Check whether or not foreign matter is
caught in the hopper section, the hose
of the replenisher tank is clogged, or
solution has leaked from the hopper
section. If any abnormality is found,
clean it.
3. Faulty replenisher tank lower level sensor 3. Replace the sensor.
W-2674 The replenisher cartridge that is When the lower limit sensor detected
currently used is empty. “solution low in all tanks” a preset time after
the valve was opened
Insert a new replenisher (Causes of the error message)
cartridge. 1. An empty replenisher cartridge is 1. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
installed.
2. The replenisher cartridge is not installed. 2. Install a new replenisher cartridge.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the lower level sensor replace the harness.
(FS411,FS412,FS413) and the CTP16 in
the CTP22 circuit board
4. Faulty sensor (FS411,FS412,FS413) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the cartridge setting sensor replace the harness.
(D407) and the CTP17 in the CTP22
circuit board
6. Faulty D407 6. Replace the sensor.
7. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2675 P1R replenisher cartridge When the P1R replenisher upper limit sensor
washing valve (S407) or P1R detects “solution low”
replenisher stirring valve (S410) (Causes of the error message)
malfunctions. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R stirring valve (S410) and replace the harness.
Call technical representative. the PDC12 in the PDC22 circuit board
2. Faulty S410 2. Replace the stirring valve.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R cartridge washing valve replace the harness.
(S407) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
4. Faulty S407 4. Replace the washing valve.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the auto washing pump (PU407) replace the harness.
and the PDC9 in the PDC22 circuit board
6. Faulty PU407 6. Replace the washing pump.
7. Poorly connected or broken harness 7. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P1R upper level sensor replace the harness.
(FS407) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
8. Faulty FS407 8. Replace the sensor.
E-2676 P2RA replenisher cartridge When the P2RA upper limit sensor detects
washing valve (S408) “solution low”
malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
Call technical representative. between the P2RA cartridge washing replace the harness.
valve (S408) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
2. Faulty S408 2. Replace the washing valve.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the auto washing pump (PU407) replace the harness.
and the PDC9 in the PDC22 circuit board
4. Faulty PU407 4. Replace the washing pump.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the sensor (FS408) and the replace the harness.
CTP16 in the CTP22 circuit board
6. Faulty FS408 6. Replace the sensor.
E-2677 P2RB replenisher cartridge When the P2RB replenisher upper limit
washing valve (S409) sensor detects “solution low”
malfunctions. (Causes of the error message)
1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
Call technical representative. between the P2RB cartridge washing replace the harness.
valve (S409) and the PDC12 in the PDC22
circuit board
2. Faulty S409 2. Replace the washing valve.
3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the auto washing pump (PU407) replace the harness.
and the PDC9 in the PDC22 circuit board
4. Faulty PU407 4. Replace the washing pump.
5. Poorly connected or broken harness 5. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
between the P2RB upper level sensor replace the harness.
(FS409) and the CTP16 in the CTP22
circuit board
6. Faulty FS409 6. Replace the sensor.
W-2680 Number of prints exceeds limit. The integrated replenishment into the P1R Clear the error previously displayed.
exceeded the specified value.
Cancel printing.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


I-2681 Mixing replenisher. Replenisher box door opening is designated –
during replenisher mixing.
Please wait. (Causes of the error message)
1. When replenisher mixing is in progress
during system start-up.
2. When installation opening is specified
during opening
3. When the solution exceeds the specified
amount
W-2686 Washing solution nearly empty. When the washing solution level sensor
detects “solution low”
Replenish the cleaning water. (Causes of the error message)
1. Low solution level 1. Add eight liters of water into the tank.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the external washing solution the harness.
level sensor (FS419) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS419 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-2688 Washing solution empty. When the washing solution level sensor
detects “solution completely empty”
Replenish the cleaning water. (Causes of the error message)
1. Low solution level 1. Add eight liters of water into the tank.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the external washing solution the harness.
level sensor (FS419) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS419 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-2689 The replenisher is mixed. The previous opening conditions were Replace the replenisher cartridge.
detected.
Replace the replenisher
cartridge.
I-2691 Solution remains in the When the replenisher lower limit sensor
replenisher tank. detects “solution exists”
(Causes of the error message)
Consult your technical 1. The solution is left in the replenisher tank. 1. Drain the solution.
representative. 2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the lower level sensor (FS411, the harness.
FS412, FS413) and the CTP16 in the
CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty lower level sensor (FS411, FS412, 3. Replace the sensor.
FS413)
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
I-2692 Intermittent operation. While in the auto intermittent operation –

Please wait.
I-2693 Processing... The auto washing was attempted while the Wait until the process is completed.
processor section was processing.
Please wait.
W-2701 Sort position error occurred. Paper overlapping occurred when sorting.
(Causes of the error message)
Check the number of prints that 1. The next paper caught up with the paper 1. Clean the processing rack.
were outputted in the sorter. in the processor.
2. Paper jamming occurred at the dryer exit. 2. Remove paper.
3. The actuator of the dryer section exit 3. Release the actuator.
sensor (D411) was stuck.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-2702 An error occurred in the solution The thermistor connector is out of place.
temperature sensors (TS401 to (Causes of the error message)
TS405). 1. Poorly connected or broken harness at 1. Reconnect the connector, or repair/
The connectors of the solution the temperature sensor (TS401, TS402, replace the harness.
temperature sensors may be TS403, TS404, TS406)
disconnected. 2. Faulty temperature sensor (TS401, 2. Replace the sensor.
Consult your technical TS402, TS403, TS404, TS406)
representative.
E-2703 An error occurred in the solution Short-circuited thermistor
temperature sensors (TS401 to (Causes of the error message)
TS405). 1. Temperature sensor (TS401, TS402, 1. Replace the sensor.
The solution temperature TS403, TS404, TS406) is short-circuited.
sensors may be shorted.
Consult your technical
representative.
W-2704 PSR replenisher empty. 3.5 liters of solution has been used after the Add one FSC and 4 liters of FRSS.
PSR upper level sensor detects “solution
Pour 4L of FRSS, and then put empty.”
one FSC tablet into the port.
W-2705 PSR lowered. When the washing solution level sensor
detects “solution low”
Pour FRSS until this message (Causes of the error message)
disappears, and then put one 1. Low solution level 1. Add FRSS until the message
FSC tablet into the port. disappears, and the add one FSC.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Correctly connect, repair, or replace
between the PSR lower level sensor the harness.
(FS414) and the CTP22 circuit board
3. Faulty FS414 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
W-5001 Perforation rupture exists. Torn perforations were found while the film
was being inserted when using the AFC135.
Frame position may not detected (Causes of the error message)
correctly. Remove carrier and 1. Film with torn perforation(s) 1. Repair the tearing, or print with the
then film, and mend the rupture. manual film carrier.
2. Film jamming 2. Repair the leading end of the film.
3. Faulty sensor (D102) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. D102 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
5. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 5. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
6. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 6. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5002 Perforation rupture exists. Torn perforations were found while the film
was being ejected when using the AFC135.
Frame position may not detected (Causes of the error message)
correctly. Remove carrier and 1. Film with torn perforation(s) 1. Repair the tearing, or print with the
then film, and mend the rupture. manual film carrier.
2. Film jamming 2. Repair the leading end of the film.
3. Faulty sensor (D102) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. D102 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
5. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 5. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
6. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 6. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5004 Too long film. The film is too long when using the AFC135.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. A film length of 2 m or more was used. 1. Use the manual film carrier or cut the
film.
2. Dirty or faulty 135 frame sensor (D107) 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
3. Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug- 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5005 An error detected by mask The LHP motor home position detection error
motor home position sensor occurred when using the AFC135.
(D117). (Causes of the error message)
1. The mask motor home position sensor 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Install the carrier again. If (D117) is not connected.
problems persist, consult your 2. The mask motor (M103) is not connected. 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
technical representative. 3. Faulty D117 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty M103 4. Replace the motor.
5. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 5. Replace the fuse.
board
6. Blown fuse (FH5) in the CTC22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
7. D117 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 7. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
8. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 8. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
9. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 9. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5006 An error detected by mask The LHP motor home position detection error
motor home position sensor occurred when using the AFC135.
(D117). (Causes of the error message)
1. The mask motor home position sensor 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Install the carrier again. If (D117) is not connected.
problems persist, consult your 2. The mask motor (M103) is not connected. 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
technical representative. 3. Faulty D117 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty M103 4. Replace the motor.
5. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 5. Replace the fuse.
board
6. Blown fuse (FH5) in the CTC22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
7. D117 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 7. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
8. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 8. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
9. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 9. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5007 Too short film. A film length of 67 mm or less was used
when using the AFC135.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
1. A film length of 76 mm or less was used. 1. Use the manual film carrier.
2. Faulty 135 frame sensor (D107) 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug- 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5010 Film sensors (D101 to D111) CTC sensor calibration error
deteriorated. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty sensor glass (D101 to D111) 1.
Remove the carrier, clean the 1) Clean the glass surface.
sensor and install the carrier 2) First load data to the EPROM as per
again. If problems persist, “NC100A Sensor Calibration
consult your technical Information (44C)” and then write data
representative. to the EPROM.
2. Faulty sensor (D101 to D111) 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Sensor (D101 to D111) -to- CYS22 circuit 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5016 135 film not inserted. A 135 film was installed while not in the feed
lane control sequence.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
1. The carrier is not at the 135 feed position. 1. Set the carrier in the 135 feed lane.
2. Faulty sensor (D101, D122) 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Sensor (D101, D122) -to- CYS22 circuit 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5018 Feeding of film failed. Incorrect number of perforation holes were
More than the specified number detected while the AFC135 was used:
of perforations detected. Upstream perforation suffer overflow
Remove carrier and then clean (Causes of the error message)
135 feeding lane. 1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D102 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D102 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug- 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5022 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error while using the AFC135. A
perforation obstruction of 8.2 mm occurred in
Remove carrier and then film. both directions.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D102 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D102 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug- 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5023 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error occurred while using the
AFC135: the load correction is outside of the
Remove carrier and then film. 5-mm tolerance.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102) or downstream perforation
sensor (D103)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. Sensor (D102, D103) calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty sensor (D102, D103) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug- 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5024 Feeding of film failed. A film feed error occurred while using the
AFC135: the unload correction is outside of
Remove carrier and then film. the 5-mm tolerance.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102) or downstream perforation
sensor (D103)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. Sensor (D102, D103) calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty sensor (D102, D103) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug- 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
in connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, replace the harness.
poorly connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5029 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error while using the AFC135
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the downstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D103)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D103 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D103 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D103 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5030 Feeding of film failed. Film feed error while using the AFC135
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D102 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D102 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D102 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5031 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred when a film was Remove the carrier, remove the film, and
lane. still loaded while using the AFC. reinstall the carrier.

Remove carrier and then film.


W-5032 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred near the upstream
lane. perforation sensor when a film was still
(Around 135 upstream loaded while using the AFC.
perforation sensor (D102)) (Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. The film remains in the 135 feed lane. 1. Remove the film.
2. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 2. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D102)
3. Poorly connected or broken harness of 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
D102 replace the harness.
4. Faulty D102 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D102 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5033 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred at around the
lane. downstream perforation sensor when a film
(Around 135 downstream was still loaded while using the AFC.
perforation sensor (D103)) (Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. The film remains in the 135 feed lane. 1. Remove the film.
2. Dirty glass of the downstream perforation 2. Clean the sensor glass.
sensor (D103)
3. Poorly connected or broken harness at the 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
sensor (D103) replace the harness.
4. Faulty D103 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D103 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5034 Film remains in 135 feeding A switching error occurred at around the
lane. leading end sensor when a film was still
(Around 135 leading end sensor loaded while using the AFC.
(D101)) (Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Blown fuse (FH2) in the PWR22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
2. Dirty glass of the 135 leading end sensor 2. Clean the sensor glass.
(D101)
3. Faulty sensor (D101) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. D101 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
5. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 5. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
6. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 6. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5035 Carrier not locked. The carrier was not locked in five seconds
after it was loaded. Warning against a
Lock it. unlocked carrier
(Causes of the error message)
1. Unlocked carrier 1. Lock the carrier.
2. Faulty carrier sensor (D123) 2. Replace the sensor.
3. D123 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5036 Feeding of film failed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the upstream perforation 1. Clean the sensor glass.
Remove carrier and then film. sensor (D102) or downstream perforation
sensor (D103)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. Sensor (D102, D103) calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty sensor (D102, D103) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor (D102, D103) -to- CYS22 circuit 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5053 Carrier not installed. A carrier is not detected: a timeout of 2
seconds occurred in CYS communication.
Install carrier. (Causes of the error message)
1. Blown fuse (FH7) in the PWR22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
2. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 2. Replace the carrier.
W-5054 Carrier upper cover opened. The pressure cover was open when the
carrier was going to be installed.
Remove carrier and then close (Causes of the error message)
carrier cover. 1. The pressure cover is open. 1. Remove the carrier and close the
carrier pressure cover.
2. Dirty or faulty upper cover open/close 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
sensor (D120)
3. D120 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5055 Carrier EEPROM data failure. Abnormal EEPROM data in the carrier.
checksum discrepancy
Consult your technical (Causes of the error message)
representative. 1. The carrier was removed during carrier 1. Replace the carrier.
initialization.
2. The carrier was removed while pushing 2. Replace the carrier.
the carrier lock lever.
W-5056 Carrier EEPROM data failure. (Causes of the error message)
1. The EEPROM software version stored in 1. Replace the carrier.
Consult your technical the carrier does not comply with the
representative. specifications.
W-5057 Carrier installing error occurred. Abnormal carrier installation process, or
abnormal IPL process of CYS
Install the carrier again. (Causes of the error message)
1. Blown fuse (FH7) in the PWR22 circuit 1. Replace the fuse.
board
E-5059 An error detected by 135, IX240 Both carrier position sensors failed to detect
carrier position sensor (D121, the feed lane when it is switched.
D122). (Causes of the error message)
1. Carrier position sensor (D121, D122) is 1. Properly connect it to the connector.
Restart the system. If problems not connected.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty sensor (D121, D122) 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Repair or replace the harness.
between the sensor (D121, D122) and the
CTC22 circuit board,
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


E-5063 An error detected by 135, IX240 Both carrier position sensors incorrectly
carrier position sensor (D121, detects the feed lane simultaneously.
D122). (Causes of the error message)
1. Carrier position sensor (D121, D122) is 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Restart the system. If problems not connected.
persist, consult your technical 2. Faulty sensor (D121, D122) 2. Replace the sensor.
representative. 3. Poorly connected or broken harness 3. Repair or replace the harness.
between the sensor (D121, D122) and the
CTC22 circuit board
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 4. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5064 Too long film. Buffer error: the sampling count exceeded
21000.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
1. A film of two meters in length or more was 1. Continue processing it using the
used. manual film carrier, or cut the film.
2. Dirty or faulty 135 frame sensor (D107) 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
3. D107 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5065 Too many piece of tape. Incorrect number of tapes: the detected value
exceeded 20.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty or faulty check tape sensor (D106) 1. Clean or replace the sensor.
2. D106 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
3. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
4. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5066 Too many frames. Incorrect number of frames: the detected
value exceeded 80.
Remove carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
remove film. 1. A film with 80 or more frames was used. 1. Continue processing it using the
manual film carrier, or cut the film.
2. Dirty or faulty 135 frame sensor (D107) 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
3. D107 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5067 Inserting of film failed. Film load error: Ten unsuccessful attempts
were made to load the film while using the
Remove carrier and then clean AFC135.
the feed rollers. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty feed roller 1. Clean the feed roller.
2. A film with the bent leading end 2. Repair or reshape the leading end.
3. Faulty feed motor (M101) 3. Replace the motor.
4. Faulty film sensor (D101, D102) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor (D101, D102) -to- CYS22 circuit 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5068 Carrier upper cover opened. (Causes of the error message)
1. The pressure cover is open. 1. Remove the carrier and close the
Remove carrier and then close carrier pressure cover.
carrier cover. 2. Dirty or faulty upper cover open/close 2. Clean or replace the sensor.
sensor (D120)
3. D120 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5069 Writing EEPROM data into Carrier EEPROM data writing failure
carrier failed. (Causes of the error message)
1. Abnormal carrier EEPROM data 1. Perform data writing again. If the error
Consult your technical recurs, replace the carrier.
representative.
E-5072 Communication error between CYS communication error
input mechanism control CB and (Causes of the error message)
carrier. 1. Poorly connected or broken harness 1. Reconnect the connector or repair/
(CTC22-CYS22) between the carrier and the plug-in replace the harness.
Install the carrier again. If connector
problems persist, consult your 2. Faulty carrier 2. Replace the carrier.
technical representative.
W-5083 The lock of the carrier is (Causes of the error message)
released. 1. Five or more seconds elapsed from when 1. Remove the film, lock the carrier, and
the carrier was unlocked to when the unlock the carrier.
Remove the carrier or lock it. carrier was removed.
2. Carrier sensor (D123) -to- CYS22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
3. Faulty D123 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5084 The lock of the carrier is The carrier was unlocked although paper
released. jamming did not occur and a film was present
along the film feed lane.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
1. The carrier was unlocked while a film was 1. Remove the film, lock the carrier, and
in the carrier. unlock the carrier.
2. Carrier sensor (D123) -to- CYS22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
3. Faulty D123 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5085 The lock was released during (Causes of the error message)
the initialization of the carrier. 1. The carrier was removed during carrier 1. Lock the carrier again.
initialization.
Remove the carrier or lock it 2. Carrier sensor (D123) -to- CYS22 circuit 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
again. board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
3. Faulty D123 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5086 The auto film carrier not (Causes of the error message)
installed. 1. The auto film carrier is not installed. 1. Install the auto film the carrier.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Install the auto film carrier. between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5101 Cartridge remains in carrier. Cartridge present error when using the
AFC240
Remove carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
cartridge. 1. A cartridge is in the carrier. 1. Remove the cartridge.
2. The cartridge set lever is in the operating 2. Return the cartridge set lever to the
position . cartridge setting position.
3. Faulty cartridge sensor (D115) 3. Replace the sensor.
4. D115 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
5. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 5. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
6. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 6. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5102 Feeding of film failed. A film load jam occurred while using the
AFC240: the load correction is outside of the
Remove carrier and then film. 5-mm tolerance.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the IX240 perforation sensor 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
(D105)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5103 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the AFC240: a
perforation interval exceeding 29 and a
Remove carrier and then film. perforation length exceeding 8 mm were
detected during the fine scanning.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the IX240 perforation sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D105)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5104 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the AFC240: a
perforation interval exceeding 9 mm and a
Remove carrier and then film. perforation length exceeding 8 mm were
detected during the fine scanning.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty IX240 perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5105 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the AFC240: the
film was fed with a distance of 11 mm after
Remove carrier and then film. the DTP perforation during film feed.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5106 Feeding of film failed. Film load jam while using the using the
AFC240: the film was fed with a distance of 8
Remove carrier and then film. mm after the DTP perforation during film
feed.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5107 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: the
hole count detected while rewinding
Remove carrier and then film. exceeded the hole count detected while
loading.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5108 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240.The
rewind direction correction is outside of the 5-
Remove carrier and then film. mm tolerance.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5109 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: a
perforation interval exceeding 9 mm and a
Remove carrier and then film. perforation length exceeding 8 mm were
detected during the fine rewind scanning.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5110 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: a
perforation interval exceeding 29 mm and a
Remove carrier and then film. perforation length exceeding 8 mm were
detected during the fine rewind scanning.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5111 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240:
Perforation was detected in TAP or MTP
Remove carrier and then film. during the FID scanning.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104) or perforation sensor (D105)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. Sensor (D104, D105) calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty sensor (D104, D105) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor (D104, D105) -to- CYS22 circuit 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5112 Feeding of film failed. Film rewind jam while using the AFC240: TAP
hole length exceeding 8 mm was detected.
Remove carrier and then film. (Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5113 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a perforation interval exceeding 9
correctly. mm was detected during the pre-feed.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5114 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a perforation interval exceeding 8
correctly. mm was detected during the pre-feed.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5115 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a perforation interval exceeding 29
correctly. mm was detected during the pre-feed.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5116 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a perforation interval exceeding 8
correctly. mm was detected during the pre-feed.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5117 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a TAP was not detected at the last
correctly. frame.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5118 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a TAP perforation exceeding 8 mm
correctly. was detected during the feed.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5119 Unsupported perforation type Perforation width error while using the
detected, so film not fed AFC240: a TAP (DTP) perforation exceeding
correctly. 8 mm was detected during the feed.
(Causes of the error message)
Remove carrier and then film. 1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5121 Unprocessed cartridge. IPI error while using the AFC240
Not used. (Causes of the error message)
If it is a processed cartridge, fold 1. The film is not processed. 1. Replace the cartridge with the one
IPI. When IPI is damaged, already processed.
consult your technical 2. The cartridge cannot be set in the feed 2. Check whether or not the cartridge is
representative. position. in the installation position.
3. Faulty IPI detection pin 3. Check whether or not the detection pin
functions correctly.
4. Faulty IPI sensor (D113) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D113 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.

7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.


W-5122 Film inserted in reverse. Installed film direction error while using the
AFC240
Check right direction and (Causes of the error message)
surface, and then insert it again. 1. Dirty film sensor (D104, D105) 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. Sensor (D104, D105) calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty sensor (D104, D105) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor (D104, D105) -to- CYS22 circuit 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5123 Unsupported perforation type Home position detection by the spool motor is
detected, so film not fed incorrect while using the AFC240.
correctly. (Causes of the error message)
1. Supply motor home position sensor 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Remove carrier and then film. (D114) or supply motor (M102) is not
connected.
2. Faulty D114 2. Replace the sensor.
3. Faulty M102 3. Replace the motor.
4. D114 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
5. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 5. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
6. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 6. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
7. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 7. Replace the fuse.
board
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5124 Cartridge not inserted. Cartridge was tried to be installed while not in
the 240 feed lane control sequence.
Remove carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
cartridge. 1. The carrier is not in the IX240 feed 1. Install the carrier in the IX240 feed
position. position.
2. Faulty carrier position sensor (D121) or 2. Replace the sensor.
cartridge sensor (D115)
3. D121 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5125 IX240 film not inserted. An attempt was made to install the cartridge
while not in the 240 feed lane control
Remove carrier and then film. sequence.
(Causes of the error message)
1. The carrier is not in the IX240 feed 1. Install the carrier in the IX240 feed
position. position.
2. Faulty carrier position sensor (D121) or 2. Replace the sensor.
leading end sensor (D104)
3. Sensor (D121, D104) -to- CYS22 circuit 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5126 Film perforation error. DTP detection error while using the AFC240:
the DTP was detected within 66 mm after the
Remove carrier and then film. TAP was detected.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5127 Film perforation error. Holes were detected in the film while using
the AFC240: the number of perforations are
Remove carrier and then film. larger than the specified value. during the
TAP.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5128 Film remains in IX240 feeding Feed lane switching error while using the
lane. AFC240: Attempt was made to switch the
feed lane while a film remained in the 240
Remove carrier and then film. feed lane.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty leading end sensor (D104) or 1. Clean the sensor glass.
perforation sensor (D105)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. Sensor (D104, D105) calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty sensor (D104, D105) 4. Replace the sensor.
5. Sensor (D104, D105) -to- CYS22 circuit 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
board -to- plug-in connector -to- CTC22 replace the harness.
circuit board, poorly connected or broken
harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5129 Inserting of film failed. Film load error while using the AFC240:
1. Dirty feed roller 1. Clean the feed roller.
Remove carrier and then film. 2. The leading end is bent or other problems 2. Repair or reshape the film leading
end.
3. Faulty feed motor (M101) 3. Replace the motor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
6. Blown fuse (FH32) in the PWR22 circuit 6. Replace the fuse.
board
W-5130 Film rupture. Holes were detected in the film while using
the AFC240: the number of perforations are
Remove carrier and then film. larger than the specified value during the
MTP.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the glass of the sensor.
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5131 Film remains in IX240 feeding Film remains in the 240 feed lane while using
lane. the AFC240 (TAP sensor )
(Around IX240 TAP and leading (Causes of the error message)
end sensor (D104)) 1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
Remove carrier and then film. (D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5132 Film remains in IX240 feeding Film remains in the 240 feed lane while using
lane. the AFC240 (MTP sensor )
(Around IX240 perforation (Causes of the error message)
sensor (D105)) 1. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 1. Clean the sensor glass.
Remove carrier and then film. 2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D105 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D105 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
E-5133 An error occurred in cartridge Door motor initialization error
door. 1. The door open/close sensor (D112) or 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
door motor (M104) is not connected.
Install the carrier again. If 2. Faulty D112 2. Replace the sensor.
problems persist, consult your 3. Faulty M104 3. Replace the motor.
technical representative. 4. D112 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
5. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 5. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
6. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 6. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
7. Faulty door open/close mechanism 7. Replace the unit in the nest section.
E-5134 An error occurred in cartridge Door motor drive error while using the
door. AFC240
1. The door open/close sensor (D112) is not 1. Connect it properly to the connector.
Remove carrier and then connected.
remove film. If problems persist, 2. The connector of the door motor (M104) is 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
consult your technical not connected.
representative. 3. Faulty D112 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty M104 4. Replace the motor.
5. Faulty CTP22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTP22 circuit board.
6. Faulty door open/close mechanism 6. Replace the unit in the nest section.
W-5135 Film not drawn from cartridge. Leading end load error while using the
AFC240: Inconsistency in the motor drive.
Remove carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
cartridge. 1. The cartridge does not contain a film. 1. Confirm that the film is installed.
2. The connector of the leading end sensor 2. Connect it properly to the connector.
(D104) or feed motor (M102) is not
connected.
3. Dirty or faulty D104 3. Clean or replace the sensor.
4. Faulty M102 4. Replace the motor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5136 Film not drawn from cartridge. Leading end load error while using the
AFC240: The leading end does not reach the
Remove carrier and then MTP.
cartridge. (Causes of the error message)
1. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 1. Clean the feed roller.
2. Dirty perforation sensor (D105) 2. Clean the sensor.
3. D105 or the feed motor (M101) is not 3. Properly connect it to the connector.
connected.
4. D105 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 4. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
5. Faulty sensor (D105) 5. Replace the sensor.
6. Faulty motor (M101) 6. Replace the motor.
7. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 7. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
8. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 8. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5137 Feeding of film failed. Rewind error while using the AFC240: The
TAP sensor detects the TAP when the rewind
Remove carrier and then film. operation ends.
(Causes of the error message)
1. Dirty glass of the leading end sensor 1. Clean the sensor glass.
(D104)
2. Slips caused by a dirty feed roller 2. Clean the feed roller.
3. D104 calibration failure 3. Perform the sensor calibration as per
“NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A).”
4. Faulty D104 4. Replace the sensor.
5. D104 -to- CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in 5. Reconnect the connector or repair/
connector -to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly replace the harness.
connected or broken harness
6. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 6. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
7. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 7. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5140 Magnetic head is stained. Magnetic information verification error while
May not read magnetic data. using the AFC240
Remove carrier and then clean (Causes of the error message)
the magnetic head. 1. Dirty magnetic head 1. Clean the magnetic head.
2. Magnetic head-related mechanism 2. Replace the magnetic head ASSY.
problem
3. Poorly connected or broken harness at the 3. Reconnect the connector or repair/
magnetic head connector (D116, MG101) replace the harness.
4. Faulty MRH circuit board 4. Replace the magnetic head ASSY or
circuit board.
5. Faulty MWH circuit board 5. Replace the magnetic head ASSY or
circuit board.
6. CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in connector 6. Reconnect the connector or repair/
-to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected replace the harness.
or broken harness
7. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 7. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
8. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 8. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5154 Cartridge lever locked. Cartridge lock error while using the AFC240
(Causes of the error message)
Release the lever lock. 1. The cartridge lock lever is in the locked 1. Set the cartridge lock lever to the
state. unlocked position.
2. Cartridge sensor (D115) -to- CYS22 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
circuit board -to- plug-in connector -to- replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected or
broken harness
3. Faulty D115 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

3.2 Messages and Actions

No. Message Factor Actions


W-5160 The IX240 lane cannot be used. The operator installed an IX240 cartridge
while the 135 feed lane was selected.
Remove cartridge and then (Causes of the error message)
select the IX240 lane. 1. An IX240 cartridge was installed while the 1. Set the carrier to the 240 feed lane.
carrier was set to the 135 feed lane.
2. 135 carrier position sensor (D122) -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in connector replace the harness.
-to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected
or broken harness
3. Faulty D122 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5161 The IX240 lane cannot be used. An IX240 cartridge was installed when the
carrier was set midpoint between the two
Remove film and then select the lanes.
IX240 lane. (Causes of the error message)
1. An IX240 cartridge was installed when the 1. Set the carrier to the 240 position.
carrier was set midpoint between the two
lanes.
2. IX240 carrier position sensor (D121) -to- 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
CYS22 circuit board -to- plug-in connector replace the harness.
-to- CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected
or broken harness
3. Faulty D121 3. Replace the sensor.
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5162 Cartridge remains. Switching error occurred when a cartridge
was installed while using the AFC240.
Remove carrier and then (Causes of the error message)
cartridge. 1. An IX240 cartridge was installed in the 1. Remove the cartridge.
cartridge holder.
2. The cartridge set lever is set to the set 2. Return the cartridge lever to the front.
position.
3. Cartridge sensor (D115) -to- CYS22 3. Replace the sensor.
circuit board -to- plug-in connector -to-
CTC22 circuit board, poorly connected or
broken harness
3. Faulty D115
4. Faulty CYS22 circuit board 4. Replace the CYS22 circuit board.
5. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 5. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
W-5203 The manual film carrier not (Causes of the error message)
installed. 1. The manual film carrier is not installed. 1. Install the manual film carrier.
2. Poorly connected or broken harness 2. Reconnect the connector or repair/
Install the manual film carrier. between the plug-in connector and the replace the harness.
CTC22 circuit board
3. Faulty CTC22 circuit board 3. Replace the CTC22 circuit board.
www.minilablaser.com

4. SOFTWARE INSTALLATION

4.1 Simple Upgrade


4.2 Update
4.3 Reinstallation
4.4 New Installation
4.5 Reversion
www.minilablaser.com

4.1 Simple Upgrade


In the “Simple Upgrade”, you can upgrade the
FRONTIER330 System Software(A1) and
Variety Print Software(B1) by following the
simple guidance messages on the screen.

NOTE: 1)Insert the CD in the CD-ROM drive with its


printed surface facing the front.
2)To open the tray of the CD-ROM drive, press
the eject button.

1. Insert the FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk
into the CD-ROM drive.

2. Perform the post-operational checks to shut


down the system.

3. Press the START switch.

CD1053
www.minilablaser.com

4.1 Simple Upgrade

• The installer is started and the “[L-001]


Simple Upgrade” screen appears.

4. Click [OK].

NOTE: If [Cancel] is clicked, the FRONTIER330


System(A1) installation is skipped, and the
“Variety Print(B1)” installation screen appears.

• The “Procedure Selection 1[C-001]” screen


appears.

5. Select “User version up” and click [Next>].


www.minilablaser.com

4.1 Simple Upgrade

• The “Starting Update[C-010]” dialog box


appears.

6. Click [Yes].

• The updating process starts.

• Upon completion of the upgrade, the “Update


Completion[C-080]” dialog box appears.

7. Click [OK].

The “Setup Completion [C-090]” dialog box


appears.

8. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

4.1 Simple Upgrade

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is not


used, the “SETUP” dialog box appears.

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is


used, the “[L-003] Simple Upgrade” for Variety
Print Service screen appears.

NOTE: If upgrade of the Variety Print Service (B1)


software is necessary, refer to the Installation
Manual for the Variety Print Service (B1).

9. Click [Cancel].
www.minilablaser.com

4.1 Simple Upgrade

• The “SETUP” dialog box appears.

10. Remove the FRONTIER 330 (A1) Disk from


the CD-ROM drive.

11. Click [OK].

• The system is shut down.

12. Press the START switch to start up the


system.
FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054
www.minilablaser.com

4.1 Simple Upgrade

NOTE: When the message “E-2305” appears at the time


of the start-up, click [OK] to clear it.

• The system software starts up and upgrade


has been completed.

13. Perform printing operation after executing


“Paper Condition Setup” and “Pre-
operational Checks”.
www.minilablaser.com

4.2 Update
In the “Update”, the FRONTIER 330 System
Software (A1) is upgraded.

IMPORTANT:
If more than 160MB of free space is not
available in the hard disk, delete the variety print
service template data.

1. Insert the FRONTIER 330 System (A1) Disk FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk
into the CD-ROM drive.

2. Shut down the system after performing the


post-operational checks.

3. Press the START switch.

CD1053
www.minilablaser.com

4.2 Update

• After starting up Windows, “(L-100) Simple


Upgrade” screen appears.

4. Click [OK].

• “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box


appears.

5. Select “SE maintenance” and click [Next


(N)].
www.minilablaser.com

4.2 Update

• “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box


appears.

6. Select “Update” and click [Next (N)].

• The “Starting Update (C-010)” dialog box


appears.

7. Click [Yes].

NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on


drive D. Installation not performed.” Is displayed,
delete unnecessary files or template data files,
then start installation again.
www.minilablaser.com

4.2 Update

• The “File Copy (C-020)” dialog box appears.

8. Check version information and click [Next


(N)].

• The update processing starts.


www.minilablaser.com

4.2 Update

• After approximately 16 minutes, the “Inherited


Data Transport Media Selection (C-050)”
dialog box appears.

9. Select “Inherit data from former version of


application” and click [Next (N)].

NOTE: When data in FD is used, select “Inherit data


from FD”.

• The “Update Completion (C-080)” dialog box


appears.

10. Click [OK].

• The “Setup Completion (C-090)” dialog box


appears.

11. Click [OK].


www.minilablaser.com

4.2 Update

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is not


used, the “SETUP” completion dialog box
appears.

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is


used, the “(L002) Simple Upgrade” screen
appears.

NOTE: If upgrade of the Variety Print Service (B1)


software is necessary, refer to the Installation
Manual for the Variety Print Service (B1).

12. Click [Cancel].

• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.


www.minilablaser.com

4.2 Update

13. Remove the FRONTIER 330 System (A1)


Disk from the CD-ROM drive.

14. Click [OK].

• The system is shut down.

15. Press the START switch to restart up the


system.
FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054

• After starting up the system, the error


message “E-2305” appears.

16. Click [OK] to clear the message.


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation
The reinstallation procedure is performed after
the following part has been replaced.

• Main control unit


• CTP22 circuit board
• CTC22 circuit board
• GHT22 circuit board

1. Press the START switch.

• The Windows desktop screen is displayed.

2. Rename the “FUJIFILM” folder in the “D”


drive such as “FUJIFILM-1”, etc. except
when the main control unit has been
replaced.
www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

3. Insert the FRONTIER 330 System (A1) Disk FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk
into the CD-ROM drive.

CD1053
www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

NOTE: Proceed to step 11 when the main control unit


has been replaced.

4. Select “Run” from the “Start” menu.


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

5. Click [Browse] and select “ISO9660 (N)” for


the CD-ROM drive.

6. Click [Open].

7. Double click “EZ171” folder and select


“EZSetup.exe”.

8. Click [Open].
www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

9. Make sure “N:\EZ171\EZSetup.exe” is


displayed in the “Open” box.

10. Click [OK].

• The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box


appears.

11. Select “Reinstallation” and click [Next (N)].


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

• The “Starting Reinstallation (A-100)” dialog


box appears.

12. Click [Yes].

NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on


drive D. Installation not performed.” Is displayed,
delete unnecessary files or template data files,
then start installation again.

• The reinstallation process starts.

• After approximately16 minutes, the “FD


Confirmation (A-117)” dialog box appears.

13. Click [Yes].


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

• The “Inserting Backup FD (A-120)” dialog box


appears.

14. Click [Yes].

• The “Information” dialog box appears.


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

15. Insert the scanner’s backup FD into the FD


drive.

CD1055

16. Click [OK].

• The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD (A-130)”


dialog box appears when completing data
backup of the scanner.

17. Click [Yes].


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

• The “Information” dialog box appears.

18. Insert the printer’s backup FD into the FD


drive.

CD1055
19. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

• The “New Installation Completion (A-020)”


dialog box appears.

20. Click [OK].

• The “Setup Completion (A-150)” dialog box


appears.

21. Click [OK].


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is not


used, the “SETUP” completion dialog box
appears.

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is


used, the “(L002) Simple Upgrade” screen
appears.

NOTE: If upgrade of the Variety Print Service (B1)


software is necessary, refer to the Installation
Manual for the Variety Print Service (B1).

22. Click [Cancel].

• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.


www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

23. Remove the FRONTIER 330 System (A1)


Disk from the CD-ROM drive.

FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054
www.minilablaser.com

4.3 Reinstallation

24. Remove the backup FD from the FD driver.

25. Click [OK].

• The system is shut down.

26. Press the START switch to restart up the


system.

CD1056

• After starting up the system, the error


message “E-2305” appears.

27. Click [OK] to clear the message.

NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/C5)”


software is used, install the software by referring
the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print and Data
Writing Service”.
www.minilablaser.com

4.4 New Installation


The new installation procedure is performed
only when the backup FD is not found when
replacing the main control unit.

1. Press the START switch.

• The Windows desktop screen is displayed.


www.minilablaser.com

4.4 New Installation

2. Insert the FRONTIER 330 System (A1) Disk FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk
into the CD-ROM drive.

CD1053
www.minilablaser.com

4.4 New Installation

• The “Procedure Selection (A-001)” dialog box


appears.

3. Select “New Installation” and click [Next (N)].

• The “Starting New Installation (A-010)” dialog


box appears.

4. Click [Yes].

NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on


drive D. Installation not performed.” Is displayed,
delete unnecessary files or template data files,
then start installation again.

• The new installation process starts.


www.minilablaser.com

4.4 New Installation

• After approximately16 minutes, the “New


Installation Completion (A020)” dialog box
appears.

5. Click [OK].

• The “Setup Completion (A-030)” dialog box


appears.

6. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

4.4 New Installation

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is not


used, the “SETUP” completion dialog box
appears.

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is


used, the “(L002) Simple Upgrade” screen
appears.

NOTE: If upgrade of the Variety Print Service (B1)


software is necessary, refer to the Installation
Manual for the Variety Print Service (B1).

7. Click [Cancel].
www.minilablaser.com

4.4 New Installation

• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.

8. Remove the FRONTIER 330 System (A1)


Disk from the CD-ROM drive.

9. Click [OK].
FRONTIER330
• The system is shut down. System (A1) Disk
CD1054
10. Press the START switch to restart up the
system.
www.minilablaser.com

4.4 New Installation

• After starting up the system, the error


message “E-2305” appears.

11. Click [OK] to clear the message.

• The error message “E-2107” appears.

12. Click [OK] to clear the message.

13. Open the menu 41F “Installation Information


Setup” screen.

14. Set up each item if necessary


(see subsection 5.2.8).

15. Perform the post-operational checks to shut


down the system.

16. Press the START switch to start up the


system.
NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/C5)”
software is used, install the software by referring
the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print and Data
Writing Service”.
www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion
This procedure reverts the system software to
the previous version.

1. Perform the “Data Backup” in menu 417 to


overwrite the Backup FD with the backup
data.

2. Insert the FRONTIER 330 System (A1) Disk FRONTIER330 System (A1) Disk
into the CD-ROM drive.

3. Shut down the system after performing the


post-operational checks.

4. Press the START switch.

CD1053
www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion

• After starting up Windows, “(L-100) Simple


Upgrade” screen appears.

5. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion

• “Procedure Selection 1 (C-001)” dialog box


appears.

6. Select “SE maintenance” and click [Next (>)].

• “Procedure Selection 2 (C-002)” dialog box


appears.

7. Select “Reversion to previous version” and


click [Next (>)].
www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion

• The “Starting Version Back (C-100)” dialog


box appears.

8. Click [Yes].

NOTE: If the error message “Insufficient disk space on


drive D. Installation not performed.” Is displayed,
delete unnecessary files or template data files,
then start installation again.

• The “Inserting Printer’s Backup FD” dialog


box appears.

9. Click [Yes].

• The “Information” dialog box appears.


www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion

10. Insert the printer’s backup FD into the FD


drive.

CD1055
11. Click [OK].

• The “Version Back Completion (C-120)” dialog


box appears.

12. Click [OK].


www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion

• The “Setup Completion (C-130)” dialog box


appears.

13. Click [OK].

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is not


used, the “SETUP” completion dialog box
appears.

• If the Variety Print Service (B1) software is


used, the “(L002) Simple Upgrade” screen
appears.

NOTE: If upgrade of the Variety Print Service (B1)


software is necessary, refer to the Installation
Manual for the Variety Print Service (B1).

14. Click [Cancel].

• The “SETUP” completion dialog box appears.


www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion

15. Remove the FRONTIER 330 System (A1)


Disk from the CD-ROM drive.

FRONTIER330
System (A1) Disk
CD1054
www.minilablaser.com

4.5 Reversion

16. Remove the Backup FD from the FD drive.

17. Click [OK].

• The system is shut down.

18. Press the START switch to restart up the


system.

CD1056

• After starting up the system, the error


message “E-2305” appears.

19. Click [OK] to clear the message.

NOTE: If the “DI Print and Data Writing Service (C4/C5)”


software is used, install the software by referring
the Instruction Manual of the “DI Print and Data
Writing Service”.
www.minilablaser.com

5. MAINTENANCE MENU

5.1 Operational Procedure 5.3.7 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting


(42D)
5.2 System Operation Setup and 5.3.8 Special Film CH Setting (42E)
Check (41) 5.3.9 Monotone Correction Setting (42G)
5.2.1 Production Information 1 (411) 5.3.10 Paper Condition Method Setup (42J)
5.2.2 Production Information 2 (412) 5.3.11 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (42K)
5.2.3 Timer Setup (414) 5.3.12 Template Regist/Delete (42L)
5.2.4 Error Information Check (415) 5.3.13 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (42M)
5.2.5 Installation Information Confirmation (416) 5.3.14 Holiday File Registration/Delete (42N)
5.2.6 Data Backup (417)
5.2.7 Clear Error Log (41E) 5.4 Scanner Adjustment/
5.2.8 Installation Information Setup (41F) Maintenance (43)
5.2.9 Shipping Information Reference (41G) 5.4.1 Input Check (431)
5.2.10 DI Manager Administrative Setting (41I) 5.4.2 Focus Calibration (432)
5.2.11 Timer Waiting Time Setup (41J) 5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (433)
5.4.4 Operation Information Display (434)
5.3 Print Condition Setup and 5.4.5 I/O Check (43A)
Check (42) 5.4.6 Carrier Inclination Display (43B)
5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (421) 5.4.7 CCD Data Display (43C)
5.3.2 Processor Temperature Check (422) 5.4.8 Lens Registration (43D)
5.3.3 Control Strip Processing (423) 5.4.9 Optical Axis Adjustment (43E)
5.3.4 Print Size Setup (424) 5.4.10 Optical Magnification Calibration (43F)
5.3.5 Monitor Adjustment (426) 5.4.11 Brightness Correction (43G)
5.3.6 Image Correction Setup (42C) 5.4.12 Darkness Correction (43H)
www.minilablaser.com

5.4.13 Spectral Calibration (43J) 5.6 Printer Adjustment/


5.4.14 DC Offset Cancel (43K)
Maintenance (45)
5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (43L) 5.6.1 Paper Magazine Registration (451)
5.4.16 Unexposed Frame Detect Level Set (43U) 5.6.2 Paper Feed Length Adjustment (452)
5.6.3 Test Pattern Printing (453)
5.5 Carrier Adjustment/ 5.6.4 G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup
Maintenance (44) (454)
5.5.1 Mask Position Adjustment (441) 5.6.5 Paper Feed (455)
5.5.2 NC100AC Input Check (442) 5.6.6 Printer Temperature Display (456)
5.5.3 Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (448) 5.6.7 Printer Input Check (457)
5.5.4 NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A) 5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (45A)
5.5.5 NC100AC Sensor Calibration Information 5.6.9 Filter Replacement History (45B)
(44C) 5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (45C)
5.5.6 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information 5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (45D)
Display (44D) 5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (45E)
5.5.7 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information 5.6.13 B Laser (B-SHG) Data (45F)
Setup (44E) 5.6.14 Scanning Position/Scanning Home Position
5.5.8 NC100AC I/O Check (44F) Parameter Setup (45G)
5.5.9 NC100AC Machine Data Setup (44K) 5.6.15 Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser
5.5.10 NC100AC Magnetic Information Reading Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment (45H)
(44M) 5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (45J)
5.5.11 NC100AC Magnetic Verify (44N) 5.6.17 Laser History Display (45K)
5.5.12 NC100AC Fixed Feeding Setup (44R) 5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy
(45L)
www.minilablaser.com

5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (45M) 5.7.10 Processor Operating Condition Setup (46B)
5.6.20 Back Printer Test (45N) 5.7.11 Processor Operation Data Display (46C)
5.6.21 Printer Operation Data Display (45P) 5.7.12 Clearing Selected Operation Data (46D)
5.6.22 Clearing Selected Printer Operation Data 5.7.13 Processor Operation Data Display 2 (46E)
(45Q) 5.7.14 Installation (46F)
5.6.23 Clearing All Operation Data (45R)
5.6.24 Side Register Calibration (45S) 5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)
5.6.25 Data Saving (45T) 5.8.1 Trouble Help (491)
5.6.26 Data Download (45U) 5.8.2 Help Update (492)
5.6.27 Precut Length Setting (45V) 5.8.3 Image Abnormality Analyzer (493)
5.8.4 Paper Feed Check (494)
5.7 Processor Adjustment/
Maintenance (46) 5.9 Special Operations (410)
5.9.1 Paint (410A)
5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/
5.9.2 Explorer (410B)
Setting (461)
5.9.3 Command (49C)
5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting
(462)
5.7.3 Processing Temperature Setting (463)
5.7.4 Replenisher Rate Setting (464)
5.7.5 Evaporation Correction Rate Setting (465)
5.7.6 Low Volume Setup (466)
5.7.7 Processor Temperature Calibration (467)
5.7.8 Processor Input Check (468)
5.7.9 Processor I/O Check (46A)
www.minilablaser.com

5.1 Operational Procedure

NOTE: For mouse operations, see the instruction


manual “Basic Operations”.

1. Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” from the


main menu.
www.minilablaser.com

5.1 Operational Procedure

2. Select “SE2” for the user name and enter


“7777” for the password, and click [OK].

NOTE: • “SE1” user name is prepared for the user who


manages printing quality. The password is
“6666”.
• SE2” user name is prepared for the service
engineer.

• The “Setup and Maintenance” screen


appears.

3. Select the desired item from the item list and


press its [+] button.
www.minilablaser.com

5.1 Operational Procedure

• The sub-item list appears.

4. Move the cursor to the desired item and click


[START].

• Each screen appears.

5. Perform the operation by following the


instructions on the screen.

6. Upon completion of the setup and


maintenance operations, click [OK] to
perform processing or [Cancel] to quit the
screen.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

7. Click [END].

8. Operation returns to the main menu.


www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)


5.2.1 Production Information 1 (411)
(Maintenance menu for operator)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation Setup and Check” → “ 1 Production
Information 1”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the production


information. The data can be cleared in this
menu.

1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital


Image” or “All” from the “Input Type” box.

• The information of the input type is displayed.

2. Record the production information.


www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

3. To clear the data, follow the steps below.

1) Select “Input Type” to be clear.

2) Click [Clear].

• The “Clear production information?”


dialog box appears.

3) Click [OK].

• The data are cleared and clearing date


appears.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.2 Production Information 2 (412)


(Maintenance menu for laboratory manager)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation Setup and Check” → “2 Production
Information 2”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the production


information. The data can be cleared in this
menu.

1. Select “Negative”, “Reversal”, “Digital


Image” or “All” from the “Input Type” box.

• The information of the input type is displayed.

2. Record the production information.


www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

3. To clear the data, follow the steps below.

1) Click [Clear].

• The “Clear production information?”


dialog box appears.

2) Click [OK].

• The data are cleared and clearing date


appears.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.3 Timer Setup (414)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation and Check” → “4 Timer Setup (414)”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the present date/time, timer


ON date/time and preheat setup times.

1. To update “Present Date/Time”, change the


date and time, and click [OK].

NOTE: To cancel the update, click [Cancel].

2. To change the timer date and time, enter a


“tick” in the day of the week boxes and enter
the time in the “Timer ON Date/Time Setting”
box.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

3. Set the preheat timer by following the steps


below, if necessary.

IMPORTANT:
The ON time for a night-time preheating
operation must not overlap with the ON time of
the weekly timer since night-time preheating
takes priority and shuts down all power when it
is set OFF.
If, for instance, the calendar timer is set to 5:00
and night-time preheating is turned ON at 3:30,
all the power will be shut down two hours later at
5:30.

NOTE: Night-time preheating is usually conducted when


the room temperature drops below 10°C (50°F)
at night and the temprature is not controlled for 8
or more hours.

1) Select “YES” for “Preheat Setting”.


www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

• The 1st and 2nd preheat setting boxes


appears.
2) Move the cursor to “1st Preheat” and
enter the time.
3) Move the cursor to “2nd Preheat” and
enter the time.
NOTE: • For preheating once only, set the same time
for both the first and second times.
• Select “NO” when the preheat timer is not
used.
• The second preheating timer is ignored if the
first preheat time and second preheat time
overlap.
<Example> 1st. pre-heat time: 2:00
2nd. pre-heat time: 3:00
With the above settings, night-time
preheating will occur from 2:00 to
4:00 (2 hours).

4. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.4 Error Information Check (415)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation and check” → “5 Error Information
Check (415)”

[Procedure]

The system error log is listed up in order of date


and time.

1. Click [Accum. Info].


www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

• Accumulated error information is displayed in


order of code and frequency.

2. Click [OK].

• The log file is read out and the latest


information is displayed on the screen.

3. Click [Log Information].


www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

• Operation returns to the “Error log


information” screen.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.5 Installation Information Confirmation (416)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation and check” → “6 Installation
Information Confirmation (416)”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the scanner and printer


installation information.

1. Check the installation information.

2. Click [Option].
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

• The “Optional Device Reference” dialog box


appears.

3. Check if PU800BA, External File I/O and F-


DI Lab-in Built-in are used.

4. Click [OK].

• The dialog box disappears.

5. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.6 Data Backup (417)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation and check” → “7 Data Backup (417)”

[Procedure]

This procedure makes a backup of the data


stored on the hard disk of the main control unit
when data, indicated on the data sheet located
inside the front upper cover, are changed.
The backup floppy disks are used when
reinstalling or reverting to earlier system
software.

1. Prepare a new floppy disk for data backup


when backing up data.

2. Insert the diskette into the floppy drive of the


main control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

3. Move the cursor to the “Destination” box and


select “Film Scanner”, “Printer Processor” or
“Pricing Unit”.

NOTE: Perform the data backup for the pricing unit


when pricing unit data are changed. Data are
backed up from the pricing unit to the hard disk
of the main control unit.

4. Click [OK].

• The “Making the backup of the data” message


appears.

5. Upon completion of the backup, click


[Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.7 Clear Error Log (41E)

[Selection]

Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation Setup and Check” → “E Clear Error
Log”

[Procedure]

This procedure clears the system error and


printer error information.

1. Select the item to be cleared and click


[Clear].

• The selected information is cleared.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.8 Installation Information Setup (41F)

[Selection]

Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation Setup and Check” → “F Installation
Information Setup”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the installation information.


After setting up, restart the system to activate
the new settings.

1. Set the delivery date, startup date, lab ID


and scanner type.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

2. Click [Option].

3. Select “Used”or “Not used” for “PU800BA”


and “Bar-code Reader”.

4. Select “YES” or “NO” for “External File I/O”.

5. Click [OK].
• The dialog box disappears.

6. Click [OK].
• The following message appears.

7. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.

8. Perform the post-operational checks to stop


the system and then restart the system.
• The new settings are activated.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.9 Shipping Information Reference (41G)

[Selection]
Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System
Operation Setup and Check” → “G Shipping
Information Reference”

[Procedure]
This procedure displays the shipping
information.

1. The model, serial no. and shipping date are


displayed.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.10 DI Manager Administrative Setting (41I)

[Selection] “Digital image import auto start-up”: The “Time


to start-up” box appears by selecting
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System “YES”. The “PR Status Notice” dialog
Operation and Check” → “I Manager box will appear automatically on the
Administrative Setting” printing screen in the setting time
when there is order in the DI controller.
[Procedure]

This menu is used when connecting the


optional FDI controller.

“Delete Waiting Time”: Sets up the time until the


order processed on the FDI controller
is deleted.

“Order Identifier”: Enter “b” for 2nd SLP800


when two machines are connected to
one FDI controller.
In this case, the “Device Name” for the
2nd SLP800 should be changed.
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

5.2.11 Timer Waiting Time Setup (41J)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “1 System


Operation and Check” → “J Timer Waiting Time
Setup”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets up “Sorter Information


Display Time”, “Waiting Time for Monitoring” and
“Waiting Time for the Position Adjust of the 1st
Frame”.

“Sorter Info. Display Time”: Time to display the


number of prints and sort number
when pressing the [Sort] key or during
auto sorting
www.minilablaser.com

5.2 System Operation Setup and Check (41)

“Waiting time for monitoring”: Waiting time for 1- • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
or 6-frame display during pre- Maintenance” screen.
scanning. This function activates only
when the “Auto” film drive mode is
used.

“Waiting time for the pos. adjust of the 1st


frame”: Display time for black/white
image displayed after inserting the film
to adjust the position of the leading
end frame.

NOTE: The black/white frame will disappear in 20


seconds to protect the CCD.

1. Move the cursor to the “sec.” box.

2. Change the time by clicking the [▲] or [▼]


utton.

3. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)


5.3.1 Paper Condition Setup (421)
[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “1 Paper Condition Setup”

[Procedure]

When new paper is to be loaded, do this


procedure to set up the new paper condition.

1. Install the paper magazine to be set up.

NOTE: Click [Initialize] to initialize condition setup data.


www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

2. Click [Print].

• After about 5 minutes, a condition setup print


is fed out.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

3. After the condition setup print has come out,


press the [Dens Measure] button.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

4. Adjust the guide of the densitometer Densitometer Guide


according to the width of the condition setup
print.

NOTE: If an error occurs, press the orange [RESET]


switch.

EZ634
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5. Insert the condition setup print into the Densitometer


densitometer.

Condition Setup Print


EZ635
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

6. Press the [START] button on the


densitometer.

[START] Button
EZ636
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

• The measurement is automatically started


and the density measurement result is
displayed.

7. Click [OK].

• The density measurement result disappears.

NOTE: If the “Density Measurement Result” is not


acceptable, the message shown at the right
appears. Perform steps 4 to 9 again until the
result becomes OK.

8. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.2 Processor Temperature Check (422)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “2 Processor Temperature
Check”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the processing solution


temperatures.

1. Check the processing solution temperatures.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.3 Control Strip Processing (423)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “2 Processor Temperature
Check”

[Procedure]

The processing solution performance is


evaluated by processing a control strip,
measuring the processed strip densities, and
comparing them to the reference strip densities.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

■Control Strip Preparation

1. Take the control strip package out of the


freezer, and leave it for about one hour to
bring it up to room temperature.

3188
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

2. Take the inner bag out of the control strip Control Strip and Inner Bag
package and place it seam-side up on to the
control strip holder and put them both in the
dark box. Close the dark box cover.

3. Insert your hands into the sleeves of the dark


box, take one control strip out of the inner
bag, and insert it into the control strip holder,
as shown in the figure. Push it in until it
reaches the far end.

Control Strip Holder Seam-side Surface


E577
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

4. Fold over the open end of the inner bag to Emulsion Surface Upward
prevent fogging of the unused control strips.

Control Strip
E575
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

■ Control Strip Processing

1. Proceed to the “[423] Control Strip


Processing” screen.

2. Open the dryer unit.


www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

3. Align the center rib of the control strip holder Control Strip
with the guide groove in the No. 1 crossover
rack.

Control Strip Holder


4. Close the dryer unit.

5. Click [OK].

CD757

• The processor starts and the control strip


processing begins.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

• After about 4 minutes, the control strip is fed


out.

6. Open the dryer unit.

7. Remove the control strip holder and close


the dryer unit.

8. Click [OK].

• The message is cleared.

9. Click [Cancel].

• Control returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.4 Print Size Setup (424)

[Selection]

Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print


Condition Setup and Check” → “4 Print Size
Setup”.

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the print size to be used.


www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

Upper Lower Left Right


• Normally, sizes are registered as shown in the No. Name Width Length Border
BD BD BD BD
Display

following table. 1 89C 89 127.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON


2 89P 89 254.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
3 89H 89 158.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
NOTE: The feed length range for No.1 (89C) to No.6 4 102C 102 152.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
(102H) is limited to 82.5 mm to 254.0 mm. 5 102P 102 254.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
6 102H 102 178.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
7 3R 127 89.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
1. Select the print size to be modified or 8 3R 127 89.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 OFF
registered from the list. 9 5R 127 178.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
10 5R 127 178.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 OFF
• ID[No.], Name, Width, Length, Border, four BD 11 4R 152 102.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
values and [Display(ON/OFF)] are displayed. 12 4R 152 102.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 OFF
13 6R 152 203.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
14 6RW 152 216.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 OFF
2. Move the cursor to the print size to be used, 15 8R 203 254.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
16 8RW 203 305.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 OFF
select “ON” or “OFF” shown in the “Display”. 17 A5 210 148.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 OFF
• If you select “ON”, the description appears in 18 A4 210 297.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ON
19 3DSC 89 119.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
the list. If you select “OFF”, nothing appears in 20 3DSCf 89 127.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Not Use
the list. 21 4DSC 102 136.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
22 4DSCf 102 152.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Not Use
23 5DSC 127 169.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
3. Click [OK]. 24 5DSCf 127 178.0 BD 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 Not Use
25 89Ix 89 120.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and 26 CDIDX 102 120.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
Maintenance” screen. 27 127Ix 127 120.0 BL 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Not Use
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.5 Monitor Adjustment (426)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “6 Monitor Adjustment
(426)”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the color balance of the


monitor for each input type.

1. Make a print without color and density


correction from a normal film using the
master channel for “Custom Setting”.

2. On the printing screen, correct the pre-


scanning image so that it matches the print
using the C, M and Y keys.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

3. Multiply each of the correction values by the


“Key Step Width Setup” value of menu 41M
“Custom Setting Regist/Delete”. Then enter
the results in the respective boxes on the
screen.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.6 Image Correction Setup (42C)


This menu is used to enable image correction
condition setting by selecting “Yes” for each
item.
[Selection]
Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print
Condition Setup and Check” → “C Image
Correction Setup”
[Procedure]
Set the image correction type for each input
device and input type.
Input Type: Negative
Reversal
B/W negative

1. Set the nine items in the Hyper ACCS frame.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.7 Fine Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting (42D)

[Selection]

Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print


Condition Setup and Check” → “D Fine
Adjustment of the Print Mag.Setting”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the fine adjustment values


for the print magnification for the film size and
print size.

1. Select the carrier, mask and film types.


2. Select the print size.
3. Select “Rate”
4. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.8 Special Film CH Setting (42E)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “E Special Film CH
Setting”

[Procedure]

This procedure to register or delete channel for


the DX code of special monotone films (which
use color developer). Also to fine adjust the
slope (for color) and balance (for black & white).
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

<Film Name Registration> <Channel Setup>


1. On the printing screen, insert the film to be NOTE: Before channel setting, register the DX code
registered to pre-scan it. and film name.

1. Enter the channel number to be registered


2. Click the input source information icon.
in the “CH No.” box. There are 128 film
channels.
• The “Input Source Information” dialog box
appears.
2. Enter the film name in the box next to the
“CH No.” box.
3. Record the DX code.

3. Select “Register”.
4. Open the menu 42E screen.

• The registered channel is added to the


5. Enter the DX code recorded into the “DX
window of “Print (2)” - “Special Film Channel
Code” box.
Setting (5)” of the menu bar in the printing
screen that appears when the DX code
6. Enter the film name in the “Film Name” box.
cannot be read.
7. Click [Register].
4. Select the graininess control level in the
“Graininess Control” box.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

Graininess Control Level: Normal 9. Click [OK].


High
Low • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
5. Select the tone in the “Tone” box.
Tone: Color <Deleting>
Sepia 1 1. Select the channel number to be deleted in
Sepia 2 the “CH No.” box.
B/W
• The DX code and name are displayed in the
6. Set “Balance/Slope” for color and the “Registered DX Code” box.
“Balance” for black & white.
2. Click [Delete].
7. Enter the DX code registered in “Film Name
Registration” into the “DX Code” box. • The DX code is deleted.

8. Click [Register]. 3. Click [OK].

• The DX code is listed in the “Registered DX • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Code” box. Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.9 Monotone Correction Setting (42G)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition
Setup and Check” → “G Monotone Correction
Setting”
[Procedure]
Do this procedure to fine adjust the balance
values for the correction type indicated in the
“Monotone Correction” dialog box for menu bar
“Image Correct (4)” - “Monotone Correct (3)”.
1. Select the correction type to be adjusted in
the “Correction” box.
Correction: B/W
Sepia 1
Sepia 2
User B/W
User Sepia 1
2. Change the balance values.
3. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.10 Paper Condition Method Setup (42J)

[Selection]

Select “4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print


Condition Setup and Check” → “J Paper
Condition Setup”.

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the paper condition setup


method.

1. Select “YES” or “NO” for the ambient


variable correction.

2. Select “YES” or “NO” for the master


magazine registration.

3. If “YES” is selected in step “2”, set the ID,


width, paper and type for the master
magazine.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

NOTE: • Ambient variable correction: When there is a


sudden change in temperature during the day,
it influences the color development process of
color papers. To maintain constant printing
quality in that condition, select “YES”.
• Master magazine registration: Paper condition
setup must be performed for all papers if “NO”
is selected.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.11 Shop Logo Regist/Delete (42K)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “K Shop Logo Regist/
Delete”

[Procedure]

This procedure registers or deletes the shop


logo that appears on the index prints.

<Registration>
1. Insert the floppy disk containing the shop
logo to be registered into the floppy disk
drive of the main control unit.

2. Click [Add].
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

• The “Media Selection” dialog box appears.


3. Select “FD” and click [OK].
• The shop logo is displayed in the dialog box.
4. Click [OK].
• The shop logo is registered.
5. Click [Cancel].
• The dialog box disappears.
6. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.

<Deleting>
1. Select the shop logo to be deleted.
2. Click [Delete].
• The shop logo is deleted from the list.
3. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.12 Template Regist/Delete (42L)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “L Template Regist/Delete”

[Procedure]

See the “Installation Manual” of the optional


Variety Print Service software.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.13 Custom Setting Regist/Delete (42M)


Printing is normally performed according to the
condition of the master “0” channel.
The 65 (0 + 64) custom conditions can be set up
for each input type. The custom conditions can
be selected on the printing screen.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “M Custom Setting Regist/
Delete”

[Procedure]

Set up the custom conditions.

1. Select the input type to be set up.

Input Type: Negative


Reversal
Black & White Negative
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

2. Select number to be set up.

3. Enter the name for the back printing of


custom setting in the “Name” box.

4. Click [Cond. Edit].

• The “Initial Value Selection” dialog box


appears.

5. Select the number to be used as the initial


value.

6. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

• The “Corr. Level/Tone/Hypertone” panel


appears.

7. Set up the “Correct Level”, “Tone Adjust” and


“Hypertone”.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

<Correct Level> <Hypertone>


Tone Correction Color/DensityHypertone Hypertone Process: Yes No
Correction Highlight Level: Lower
Full Correction: Yes Yes ON Low
Tone Fixing: No Yes OFF Normal
Condition Confirm: No No OFF High
Higher
<Tone Adjust> Shadow Level: Lower
Standard Low
All Hard Normal
All Soft High
Highlight Hard Higher
Highlight Soft Mode: Mode 1 (Normal Hypertone Mode)
Shadow Hard Mode 2 (Preceding acceptance rate by
Shadow Soft improving back light and high contrast)
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

8. Click the “Key Step Width/BL-SL” tab.

• The “Key Step Width/BL-SL” panel appears.

9. Set up the “Key Step Width” and “Balance/


Slope”.

<Key Step Width Setup>


C, M, Y: Normally enter “8”.
Dc, Dm, Dy: Normally enter “15”.

<BL/SL Setup>
Normally enter “0”.
Change setting only when the whole slope
condition is offset.

10. Click the “Sharpness/Grain Control” tab.


www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

• The “Sharpness/Grain Control” panel


appears.

11. Set up the “Sharpness”, “Grain Control


Process” and “Sharpness Large-size Setup”.
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

<Sharpness> <Grain Control Process>


Sharpness Level: Low 3 Modulation Roughness
Low 2 Normal Up Up
Low 1 Lower ↑ ↑
Normal No Down Down
High 1
High 2 <Sharpness Large-size Setup>
High 3 Sharpness can be set up individually for
Under Level: –2 magnification entered in the “Magnification” box
–1 or higher.
0 –2
(Sharpness can be set only for individually –1
under level.) 0
+1
+2
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

12. Click the “High-def/Density Correct” tab.

• The “High-def/Density Correct” panel


appears.

13. Set up the High-definition”, “Density


Correction” and “Saturation”.

<High-definition Process>
If this selection box is not displayed, select
“YES” for “RP Tone Print” or “Face Express” in
menu 42C.
RP Tone
RP Tone Print: Yes No
Level: Low
Normal
High
Face Express: Normal High
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

<Density Correction> 16. Click [OK].


Level: Normal (Select “Normal” normally.)
High (Tungsten lighting correction is • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
increased. ) Maintenance” screen.
Type: Normal (Select “Normal” normally.)
Strobe Pref.
Back light Pref.
Saturation: –9 to +9 (Color vividness is set up.
Normally enter “0”.)

14. Click [OK].

• The condition panel disappears and


operation returns to the “42M Custom Setting
Regist/Delete” screen.

• The “Status” changes to the “Use”.

15. To delete the custom condition, select


number to be deleted and click [Delete].
www.minilablaser.com

5.3 Print Condition Setup and Check (42)

5.3.14 Holiday File Registration/Delete (42N)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “2 Print Condition


Setup and Check” → “N Holiday File
Registration/Delete”

[Procedure]

See the “Operating Instructions” of the optional


Variety Print Service software.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)


5.4.1 Input Check (431)
[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Input Check”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the current status of


each section.

NOTE: Refer to section 19.1 for input parts location.

1. Click [Next Page].


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.2 Focus Calibration (432)


The center value for each printing magnification
can be set up in this menu.
The NC100AC with film in the 135-lane can be
used to execute this menu if the focusing chart
jig is not available.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 Focus
Calibration”

[Procedure]

Calibrate the focus pulses for the magnification.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Install the focusing chart jig instead of the


carrier.

2. Click [Create table].

Focusing Chart Jig


CD832
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

• The result is displayed on the screen.

3. Click [OK].

• The “I-1227” message appears.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

5. Perform menu 433 “Focus Position


Adjustment”.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.3 Focus Position Adjustment (433)


This menu is used to set up the center value
when auto focusing of each film carrier mask.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “3 Focus Position
Adjustment”

[Procedure]

Perform the focus position adjustment.

NOTE: • If the scanner correction in the pre-operational


checks is not executed after the system starts
up, perform the following items before “Focus
Position Adjustment”.
• Menu 43K “DC Offset Cancel”
• Menu 43H “Dark Correction”
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Install the carrier and proceed to the “Focus


Position Adjustment” screen.

• Carrier ID, type and mask type (M69D


only)are displayed.

2. Click [Run].
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

3. Insert a film into the carrier and click [OK].

• The position adjustment value is displayed


when the adjustment is completed.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.4 Operation Information Display (434)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “4 Operation
Information Display”

[Procedure]

The LED lighting time and piezoelectric actuator


operating time are displayed.

1. Click [Clear] when the LED or piezoelectric


actuator has been replaced.
• The clear confirmation dialog box appears.
2. Click [OK].
• The times are cleared.
3. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.5 I/O Check (43A)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A I/O Check”

[Procedure]
This procedure displays the status of motors,
solenoids and sensors.

• The status of each part is displayed in real


time.

NOTE: Refer to section 19.1 “I/O Parts Diagram” for


parts location.

1. Press any buttons to specify an operation.


• The selected operation is performed.
2. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.6 Carrier Inclination Display (43B)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Carrier
Inclination Display”

[Procedure]

This procedure checks the status of the carrier


inclination.

NOTE: If value is more than 100, replace the film carrier.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

• The auto focus is started and the position of


the focus pulse in the front and rear sides of
the carrier are displayed.

1. Insert a film into the carrier.

2. Click [135] or [120].

• The auto focusing is started and the position


of the focus pulses in vertical and horizontal
of the carrier are displayed.

3. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.7 CCD Data Display (43C)


Use this menu to confirm the CCD settings
when there is a CCD-related irregularity or when
lines appear in prints due to dust or dirt on the
CCD, or the light source LED is suspected.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C CCD Data
Display”

[Procedure]
Do this procedure to read the CCD data and
display the values in real time.

NOTE: If the scanner correction in the pre-operational


checks is not executed after the system starts
up, perform the following items before “Focus
Position Adjustment”.
• Menu 43K “DC Offset Cancel”
• Menu 43H “Dark Correction”
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

NOTE: Do not try to change “Output Mode” and “Test Pattern”.

Output mode box

Operating mode box


(Full-in, 1/4 or 1/8)

Lens magnification box (0.27 to 0.82)


Test pattern box (1 to 8)
Light color switches

Display update/stop buttons


Auto exposure result
Store time switch and box

Auto focus button

Offset cancel button


Film pressure button

Auto exposure button Save button


Current value boxes and setting button
Display switching button
Density enable switch
Conjugate length moving box and button S/N value inspection button
Dark correction enable switch
Lens moving box and button and table create button OK button

Bright correction enable switch


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Click the [Switch display] button.

<Dust Checking>
1. Check mark the “R”, “G” and “B” switches in
“Light color”.

2. Enter “10.000” in “Store time” and check


mark the switch.

3. Move the pointer to the dust position and


click the left button of the mouse while
pressing the [Shift] key.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

• The image of the dust area is centered and


magnified.

4. Click the [Switch display] button.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

• The graph is deformed at the dust position as


shown.

<LED Inspection>
1. Change “Magnification” to “0.27”.

2. Check mark the LED switch in “Light color” to


be light.

3. Check mark the “Accum. time (ms)” switch


and enter the following value in the box.
IR: 20
R, G or B: 5

4. Remove the diffusion box and turn ON the


diffusion box sensor.

• The light-emitted pattern is displayed on the


screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5. To focus the LED, enter the following value in IR


the “Conjugate length move” and “Lens Pattern
move” boxes and click the [Move] buttons.

“Conjugate length move”: 11000


“Lens move”: 650

R
Pattern
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

G
Pattern

B
Pattern
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.8 Lens Registration (43D)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D Lens
Registration”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the lens ID to be used and


its focal length.

• The current status is displayed.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Enter the lens ID number and the lens focal


distance indicated on the label attached to
the lens unit.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

3. Perform the following menus.

Label
1) 43B “Carrier Inclination Display” CD694
2) 43E “Optical Axis Adjustment”
3) 43F “Optical Magnification Calibration”
4) 432 “Focus Calibration”
5) 433 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each
carrier
6) 441 “Mask Position Adjustment”
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.9 Optical Axis Adjustment (43E)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E Optical Axis
Adjustment”

[Procedure]

This procedure adjusts the optical axis of the


image by moving the film carrier base.

• The magnification setting is 0.6 when the


screen is opened.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Install the focusing chart jig to the carrier


base.

2. Click [AF].

• The calculated values of 0.6 magnification are


displayed in the “Axis Def.” and “Image
rotation” columns in real time.

Focusing Chart Jig


CD832
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

• OK is displayed if the data are within the


specified range.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

3. If the data are out of range, loosen the four


hexagonal socket head bolts securing the
carrier base and adjust the optical axis by
moving the base together with the jig.

Focusing Chart Jig

Hexagonal Socket Head Bolts (4)


CD1087
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

Range of OK
Out of optical axis Front (–)/Rear (+): ±10
Left (–)/Right (+): ±10
Image rotation Left (–)/Right (+): ±5

NOTE: Adjust image rotation first, then the optical axis.


X-axis: Move the carrier base in front and rear.
Y-axis: Move the carrier base in right and left.

4. Tighten the four hex. socket head bolts after


“OK” is displayed.

5. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.10 Optical Magnification Calibration (43F)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F Optical
Magnification Calibration”

[Procedure]

This procedure calibrates the optical


magnification.

• The current status is displayed.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Set the focusing chart jig to the carrier base.

2. Click [Run].

Focusing Chart Jig


CD832
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

• The optical magnification calibration is


performed.

• The result is displayed.

3. Click [OK].

• The “I-1223” message appears.

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

5. Perform the following menus.


- 432 “Focus Calibration”
- 433 “Focus Position Adjustment” for each
carrier
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.11 Brightness Correction (43G)


The brightness correction is executed
automatically when the pre-operational checks
or changing mask on the first printing screen of
the day.
Perform this menu when line appears in print
due to dust or dirt.
When reading the shading data again by
performing the scanner correction with the
IX240 mask, check mark “Light Source Shading
Corr. Data Read” and execute the brightness
correction.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “G Bright
Correction”

[Procedure]
Perform the brightness correction.

1. Clean the diffusion box.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

2. For the auto film carrier NC100AC, set it in


the 135 lane.

3. Check mark both “Pixel Speed Corr. Data


Read” and “Light Source Shading Corr. Data
Read”.

Auto Film Carrier NC100AC


CD763
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

4. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen after correction.

5. Change the auto film carrier NC100AC to the


IX240 lane.

6. Proceed to menu 43G and check mark to


“Light Source Shading Corr. Data Read”.

7. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen after correction.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

8. Install the manual film carrier with the Calibration Mask


calibration mask.

9. Proceed to menu and check mark both “Pixel


Speed Corr. Data Read” and “Light Source
Shading Corr. Data Read”.

10. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen after correction.

Manual Film Carrier M69D


CD844
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.12 Darkness Correction (43H)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “H Dark
Correction”

[Procedure]
Perform the darkness correction.

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen after correction.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.13 Spectral Calibration (43J)


After replacing the LED circuit board assembly
or light source unit, perform menu 43L “LED
Light Amount Adjustment” and this menu for
negative and reversal films and then clear “LED
Light Time” in menu 434 “Operation Information
Display”.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “J Spectral
Calibration”

[Procedure]
Perform the spectral calibration using the
following tools.

Tools: Chart/floppy disk set


Manual film carrier M69D
Calibration mask
135M mask
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Insert the floppy disk into the main control


unit.

2. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

3. Install the manual film carrier with the Calibration Mask


calibration mask to the carrier base.

4. Click [OK].

Manual Film Carrier M69D


CD844
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

• The brightness correction is performed.

5. Replace the calibration mask with the 135M


mask.

6. Insert the “No. 1001001” film into the 135M


mask and set it in the exposure position.

135M Mask No.1001001 Film


CD805
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

7. Click [OK].

NOTE: If the image on the screen is abnormal, click the


[Read again] button to read the image again.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

8. Adjust the position of the blocks so that they


are at the center of each patch by using the
arrow keys.

9. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

10. Repeat steps 6 to 9 for Chart Film No.


10020001, No. 1003001, No. 1004001,
No.1005001, No. 1006001 and No. 1007001.

11. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

12. Remove the floppy disk from the main


control unit.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.14 DC Offset Cancel (43K)


This function cancels DC offset of the CCD and
normally executed automatically when the pre-
operational checks.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “K DC Offset
Cancel”

[Procedure]

Cancel the DC level offset.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

1. Click [OK].

• The “I-1228” message appears.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.15 LED Light Amount Adjustment (43L)


This menu is executed after replacing the LED
circuit board assembly or light source unit.
After executing this menu, perform menu 43J
“Spectral Calibration” and then clear “LED Light
Time” in menu 434 “Operation Information
Display”.
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “L LED Light
Amount Adjustment”
[Procedure]
Adjust LED light amount when:
• the LED circuit board assembly is replaced.
• the gradation setting is changed.
• the light source unit or CTC22 circuit board is
replaced.

1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in its


135 lane.

NOTE: Do not insert a film.


www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

2. Click [Run].

• The result is displayed.

3. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.4 Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance (43)

5.4.16 Unexposed Frame Detect Level Set (43U)


This menu sets up the detecting level for the
unexposed frame of the IX240.
[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “3 Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “U Unexposed
Frame Detect Level Set “
[Procedure]
Set up the unexposed frame detecting level.

1. Select “Unexposed Frame Detect Level”.


Unexposed Frame Detect Level:
1: Unexposed frames are not displayed.
2: All frames including unexposed frames
are displayed.
3: Unexposed frames between exposed
frames are also displayed.]

2. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)


5.5.1 Mask Position Adjustment (441)
This menu is used to adjust mask position
against the monitor screen and prints.
This menu should be executed for all carriers
and masks to be used.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Mask Position
Adjustment”

[Procedure]
Adjust the mask position.

1. Install the film carrier.

• The carrier ID, carrier type and mask type are


displayed.

2. Click [Run].
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

• The mask and adjustment frames are


displayed.

3. Adjust the mask position so that it is


centered with the adjustment frame by
clicking the “Position Adjust” buttons.

NOTE: Click [Initialize] to return to the initial position.

4. Click [Register].

• The “I-1203” message appears.

5. Click [OK].

• The message disappears.

6. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.2 NC100AC Input Check (442)


The status of the sensors of the auto film carrier
NC100AC can be checked.

[Selection]

4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 NC100AC Input
Check”

[Procedure] ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑

Check the status of the sensors.


www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.3 Monitor Frame Ratio Setup (448)


The image frame size displayed after pre-
scanning can be set up in this menu.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “8 Mask Position
Adjustment”

[Procedure]
Set up the monitor frame ratio for each mask.

1. Select the carrier type to be set up monitor


frame ratio.
2. Change the monitor frame ratio by clicking
the [▼] and [▲] buttons.
NOTE: The default values are 95%.
3. Click [Save].
• The data are saved.
4. Click [Cancel].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.4 NC100AC Sensor Calibration (44A)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A NC100AC
Sensor Calibration”

[Procedure]

This procedure calibrates the optical sensors


and shows the result data.

1. Check that there is no film in the carrier.

2. Click [Run].
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

• The calibration results are displayed.

NOTE: The calibration results are shown but not saved.

3. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.5 NC100AC Sensor Calibration Information (44C)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C NC100AC
Sensor Calibration Information”

[Procedure]

This procedure calibrates the optical sensors


and displays the LED current setup and sensor
output data. The data can be read out and ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑

written in.

1. Make sure there is no film in the auto film


carrier NC100AC.

2. Click [Run].
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

• The sensors are calibrated and the results are


displayed.
NOTE: [EEPROM reading]: Data are read out from the
EEPROM of the carrier and
written to the main control
unit.
[EEPROM writing]: Data in the main control
unit are written to the
EEPROM in the carrier.
[HD reading]: Data are read out from the
EEPROM of the carrier and
written to the hard disk. Of
the main control unit
[HD writing]: Data in the hard disk of the
main control unit are written
to the EEPROM of the
carrier.
[FD reading]: Data are read out from the
EEPROM of the carrier and
written to floppy disk.

3. Click [Cancel].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.6 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information Display (44D)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D NC100AC
Carrier Installation Information Display”

[Procedure]
This procedure is used to check the auto film
carrier ID and hard revision (modify history)
numbers.

1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC.

2. Proceed to the “D NC100AC Carrier


Installation Information Display “ screen.

3. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.7 NC100AC Carrier Installation Information Setup (44E)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E NC100AC
Carrier Installation Information Setup”

[Procedure]
This procedure is used to register the auto film
carrier ID and hard revision (modify history)
numbers.

1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC to be


registered.

2. Proceed to the “D NC100AC Carrier


Installation Information Display “ screen.

• The carrier ID and hard revision numbers are


displayed.

NOTE: The numbers can be rewritten if necessary.


www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

3. Click OK].

• The “I-1103” message appears.

4. Click [OK].

• The “I-1265” message appears.

5. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.8 NC100AC I/O Check (44F)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F NC100AC I/O
Check”

[Procedure]
This procedure displays the status of the
motors, solenoid and sensors.

1. Connect the auto film carrier NC100AC to


the plug-in connector using the carrier ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑

extension cable.
2. Proceed to the “F NC100AC I/O Check”
screen.
3. Click the operation buttons and check if each
part is operating normally.
4. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.9 NC100AC Machine Data Setup (44K)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “K NC100AC
Machine Data Setup”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets up the data for the auto film


carrier NC100AC.

↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑


www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

1. Click [EEPROM reading]. ↓ [Next Page] [Previous Page] ↑


www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

• Data are read out from the EEPROM and


displayed.

NOTE: [EEPROM reading]: Data are read out from the


EEPROM of the carrier and
written to the main control
unit.
[EEPROM writing]: Data in the main control
unit are written to the
EEPROM in the carrier.
[HD reading]: Data are read out from the
EEPROM of the carrier and
written to the hard disk. Of
the main control unit
[HD writing]: Data in the hard disk of the
main control unit are written
to the EEPROM of the
carrier.
[FD reading]: Data are read out from the
EEPROM of the carrier and
written to floppy disk.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

2. If necessary, change the setting values and


click [EEPROM writing].

• The “I-1148” message appears.

3. Click [OK].

• The dialog box disappears and data is written


to the EEPROM.

4. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.10 NC100AC Magnetic Information Reading (44M)


This menu is used to check that the magnetic
information of the IX240 can be read out.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “M NC100AC
Magnetic Information Reading”

[Procedure]
This procedure is used to check magnetic
information reading operation.

1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in


IX240 lane.

2. Load the film cartridge or strip film.

3. Click [Run].
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

• The magnetic information is read out and


displayed.

4. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

K: Reading out is OK.


?: Magnetic information presents but format
is NG.
×: Reading out is NG.
–: No magnetic information.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.11 NC100AC Magnetic Verify (44N)


This menu is used to check that the magnetic
head is operating correctly.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “N NC100AC
Magnetic Verify”

[Procedure]
The status of the magnetic reading head can be
checked in this menu.

1. Install the auto film carrier NC100AC in


IX240 lane.

2. Load the film cartridge or strip film.

3. Click [Run].
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

• The magnetic information is read out and the


result is displayed.

NOTE: If the magnetic reading head is fouling, the “W-


5140” message appears.

4. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.5 Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance (44)

5.5.12 NC100AC Fixed Feeding Setup (44R)


In this menu, the feeding amount for the fixed
feeding mode of the 135 films can be adjusted.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “R NC100AC Fixed
Feeding Setup”

[Procedure]
This menu sets up the fixed frame feeding
length of the auto film carrier NC100AC.

1. Set up fixed feed frame lengths for the 135


full and half sizes by clicking the [▼] and [▲]
keys.
NOTE: Click [Initialize] to return to the initial values.
2. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)


5.6.1 Paper Magazine Registration (451)
[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Paper Magazine
Registration”

[Procedure]

This procedure registers the paper magazine to


be used.
Change the dryer temperature if necessary.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

1. Release the latches and open the paper


magazine.

Paper Magazine
Latches (2)
EZ643
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

2. Loosen the two screws and adjust the width


of the paper guides. Tighten the two screws.

3. Loosen the four screws securing the paper


flanges to the paper shaft.

Screws (2)
Paper Guides
EZ854
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

4. Align the holes in the paper flange bosses Paper Flanges


with the paper width marks and tighten the
four screws.

NOTE: • Be careful not to overtighten the screws.


• Do not try to loosen the screws marked red.

Paper Shaft
Screws (4)
EZ1920
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5. Find the appropriate paper from the table in Paper Magazine


the screen and install its ID chip to the
magazine using the two screws.

NOTE: Do not use ID No. 13 and No. 14 because they


are for 25.4 cm wide paper.

6. Check that the dryer temperature is set to


the recommended value listed below.

Paper Width Recommended High Temperature Low Temperature


(mm) Temperature Setting Setting
89 to 130 75.0 °C 80.0 °C 75.0 °C
152 80.0 °C 85.0 °C 75.0 °C
162 to 210 85.0 °C 85.0 °C 80.0 °C
ID Chip Screws (2)
EZ1218
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

Except for the reasons indicated below, the


dryer temperature should not be changed from
the recommended value. If paper drying
problems arise due to the change in the drying
environment and other factors, select the high or
low temperature setting. The high temperature
setting should be used when the ambient
humidity is high. The low temperature setting
should be used when problems occur in paper
collection due to strong curling of the paper.

7. Click [Set].

8. Click [End].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.2 Paper Feed Length Adjustment (452)


This menu should be executed for all paper
magazines when installing the machine.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 Paper Feed
Length Adjustment”

[Procedure]
Adjust the paper feed length in this menu when
a new magazine is registered.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

1. Move the cursor to “ID” and select the 7. Enter each measured value in “Actual
magazine to be adjusted. measured value” boxes.
2. Enter “82.5” in both “Small Size” boxes for 8. Click [OK].
“Feed length setting value” and “Actual • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
measured value” and “297.0” in both “Large Maintenance” screen.
Size” boxes.
3. Click [OK]. <Offset Adjustment>
4. Make each three grid pattern prints with On this menu, the paper feed length can be
feed length 254 mm and 82.5 mm in menu adjusted by entering the offset value of the feed
453 “Test Pattern Printing”. length.
Or feed each three sheets of paper with feed
length 254 mm and 82.5 mm in menu 455 1. Select magazine ID to be adjusted.
“Paper Feed”. 2. Enter the offset value in the “Input offset”
5. Measure and record the length of each third box.
grid pattern print. 3. Click [OK].
NOTE: Always measure the third paper since the feed • Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
length may not stabilize immediately after Maintenance” screen.
setting paper.
4. Make grid pattern prints in menu 453 “Test
6. Proceed to “Paper Feed Length
Pattern Printing” and make sure of the feed
Adjustment”.
length of the prints.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.3 Test Pattern Printing (453)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “3 Test Pattern
Printing”

[Procedure]

This procedure creates test pattern prints.

1. Move the cursor to “Test pattern selection”,


and select “Grid”, “Border-less contact”,
“Bordered contact”, “Gradation” or “Step
wedge”.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

Grid: For color drift and feed length inspection Bordered contact: For exposure and processing
unevenness, or white board inspection

Borderless contact: For exposure and


processing unevenness inspection
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

2. Move the cursor to “Feed length” and enter Gradation: Step wedge:
the feed length (mm). For gradation inspection For color inspection
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

3. Click [Print] .

4. Click [All process].

• After about 5 minutes, the print is output to


the large size tray.

■ Color Drift Inspection


1) Make a grid test print.
2) Use a magnifying lens (X25) to check
that the vertical line for the color drift is 1/
8 pixel or less in width, and the horizontal
line is 1/4 pixel or less in width.
REFERENCE:
1 pixel width = 0.08mm

5. Click [End].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.4 G, B Laser (SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup (454)


The G and B laser optimal temperature setting
message appears every three months. Set up
the optimal temperatures using this screen.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “4 G, B Laser
(SHG) Optimal Temperature Setup”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the G, B laser(SHG)


optimal temperature.

NOTE: Wait about 1 hour until the temperature


adjustment is completed.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

1. Click [Run].
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

2. Click [B-SHG].

3. Click [Run].

4. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.5 Paper Feed (455)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “5 Paper Feed”

[Procedure]

This procedure feeds and processes unexposed


sheets of paper.

1. Enter the number of sheets in “Q’ty” box and


the feed length in “Length” box.

Number of sheets: 1 to 999


Feed length: 82.5 to 305.0

2. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

• The sheets of paper are fed and processed.

3. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.6 Printer Temperature Display (456)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “6 Printer
Temperature Display”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the printer temperature


and printer status.

NOTE: • The temperatures are updated every 5


seconds.
• Always keep “ON” for “Working” of “Abnormal
temperature monitoring”.

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.7 Printer Input Check (457)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “7 Printer Input
Check”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the status of the


sensors.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

1. Click [Next Page].

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.8 Printer I/O Check (45A)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A Printer I/O
Check”

[Procedure]
This procedure displays the status of the
motors, solenoids and sensors.
[Next Page]: Displays the next screen.
[Previous Page]: Displays the previous screen.

1. Click the required operation button.

• The respective motor or solenoid operates if it


is normal.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.9 Filter Replacement History (45B)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Filter
Replacement History”

[Procedure]
This procedure is used to check the laser unit
filter replacement history and the pressurizing
time for last five times
Click [Replace] to record when the filter is
replaced.

1. Click [Replace] when the filter is replaced.


• The replacement date is displayed.
NOTE: Click [Initialize] to initialize the replacement
history.
2. Click [Cancel].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.10 Laser Exposure Check (45C)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C Laser Exposure
Check”

[Procedure]

This procedure performs an RGB test exposure


and displays the results.

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.11 R Laser (R-LD) Data (45D)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D R Laser(R-LD)
Data”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the R laser(R-LD) data


in the EEPROM.

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.12 G Laser (G-SHG) Data (45E)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E G Laser(G-
SHG) Data”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the G laser(G-SHG)


data in the EEPROM.

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.13 B Laser (B-SHG) Data (45F)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F B Laser(B-SHG)
Data”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the B laser(B-SHG)


data in the EEPROM.

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.14 Scanning Position/Scanning Home Position Parameter Setup (45G)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “G Scanning
Position/Scanning Home Position Parameter
Setup”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the parameters for


exposure positions.

1. Enter the scanning position/scanning home


position parameters by clicking [▼] and [▲].

2. Click [OK] to set the parameters.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.15 Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough Adjustment (45H)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “H Main Scanning
Position Adjustment/Laser Beam Sync. Rough
Adjustment”

[Procedure]

This procedure performs the scanning


adjustment and laser beam synchronization
rough adjustment.

NOTE: Perform this adjustment after processing three or


more sheets of paper because the feed length
may not stabilize immediately after setting paper.

1. Install the paper magazine for the narrowest


paper width.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

2. Click [Print].
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

• The print is outputted in about five minutes.

← →
C
3. Measure the dimensions of A, B and C, then
record them.
A→ ← → ←B

NOTE: Error of measurement: Within 0.5mm Sub-Scanning Line

4. Move the cursor to “A: Left-side measured


value” and enter the measured A value. Rough Adjustment
Block

5. Move the cursor to “B: Right-side measured


value” and enter the measured B value.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

6. Click [Enter] of “Width direction (main


scanning position)”.

7. Click [OK].

8. Move the cursor to “C: Top measured value”


and enter the measured C value.

9. Click [Enter] of “Feeding direction (sub-


scanning position)”.

10. Click [OK].

11. Find the X coordinate which has the


minimum color drift on the print for the
vertical lines using an inverted magnifier
(x20-40), and record the coordinate value
and the drifted color (CMY) order from the
left side.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

12. Check and record the drifted color (CMY)


order of the sub-scanning line from the top
using an inverted magnifier (x20-40).

13. Move the cursor to “X(Width)” and enter the


measured X value

14. Move the cursor to “Y(Feed)” and enter the


measured Y value.

15. Click [Enter] of “Coordinate with least


amount of color drift”.

16. Click [OK].

17. Click [End].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.16 Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print (45J)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “J Laser Beam
Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”

[Procedure]

This procedure performs the fine adjustment of


the laser beam synchronization.

1. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for


main scanning” and enter the drifted color
order from the left recorded in “Main
Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Sync. Rough Adjustment (Menu 45H)”.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

2. Move the cursor to “Order of drifted colors for


sub-scanning” and enter the drifted color
order from the top recorded in “Main
Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Sync. Rough Adjustment (Menu 45H)”.

3. Click [Print].
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

• The print is outputted in about five minutes.

NOTE: The adjustment print has 20 or 25 vertical and


horizontal lines.

4. Find numbers that have the minimum color


drift on the output print for the vertical and
horizontal lines using the magnifier (x20-40).

5. Move the cursor to the “Best main scanning


position” and enter the number of the vertical
lines found.

6. Move the cursor to the “Best sub-scanning


position” and enter the number of the
horizontal lines found.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

7. Click [Set].

8. Click [OK].

9. Click [End].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.17 Laser History Display (45K)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintence” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “K Laser History
Display”

[Procedure]

Display the exposure time and current value of


R-LD, G-SHG and B-SHG.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

1. Click [Switch display] to switch between the


graph and numeric displays.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.18 Paper Condition Setup Table (LUT) Copy (45L)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintence” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “L Paper Condition
Setup Table(LUT) Copy”

[Procedure]

This procedure copies the LUT (Look-up Table)


from one magazine to another.

1. Specify the ID of the source magazine.

2. Specify the ID of the destination magazine.

3. Click [OK].

• Copying is performed and operation returns to


the “4 Setup and Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.19 Printer Mechanical Fine Adjustment (45M)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “4 Carrier


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “M Printer
Mechanical Fine Adjustment”

[Procedure]

This procedure adjusts the printer mechanism.

[Next Page]: Displays the next screen.


[Previous Page]: Displays the previous screen.
[Calculating]: Calculates calibration value.
[Set]: Sets up entered data.
[Cancel]: Returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

Adjust the printer paper feed system.

Adjust the sub-scanning motor speed to 60mm/


sec. for each paper magazine.

1. Make the following print in menu 453.

Print feed length: 290mm


Print type: Grid
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

2. Measure the length of 15 squares in the feed


direction of the print.
Standard length of 15 squares: 254.0mm

3. Enter “254.0” in “Length” box of “Calculating”.

4. Enter the measured value in “Meas. Val.” box 15 Squares (254.0mm)


of “Calculating”.

5. Click [Calculating].
• The calibrating value is calculated and
displayed.

6. Enter the calculated value in the appropriate


box of “Setting for each paper width”.

7. Click [OK].
• The entered value is set up.
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.20 Back Printer Test (45N)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintence” → “5 Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “N Back Printer
Test”

[Procedure]
This procedure makes a test print using the
back printer.

1. Set “Q’ty” and “Feed length”.


2. Select the magazine to be used.
3. Click [OK].

• The test print is output.


4. Click [Cancel].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.21 Printer Operation Data Display (45P)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “P Printer
Operation Data Display”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the printer operation


data.

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.22 Clearing Selected Printer Operation Data (45Q)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “Q Clearing
Selected Printer Operation Data”

[Procedure]

This procedure clears specific items of printer


operation data.

1. Select the item to be cleared.

2. Click [OK].

• The selected data item is cleared.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.23 Clearing All Operation Data (45R)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintence” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “R Clearing All
Operation Data”

[Procedure]

This procedure clears specific items of printer


and processor operation data.

NOTE: Total sorts and total number of prints are not


cleared.

1. Click [OK].
• All operating data items are cleared.

2. Click [Cancel].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.24 Side Register Calibration (45S)


In this menu, perform the exposure start position
calibration when initial machine installation or
after replacing the register unit or register
sensor.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Filter
Replacement History”

[Procedure]

This procedure measures and corrects the side


registration.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

1. Click [Run].

• The result is displayed.

2. Click [OK].

• The calibration is set up.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.25 Data Saving (45T)


The parameter displayed can be written from
the memory on the CTP22 circuit board to the
HDD in the main control unit.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintence” → “5 Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “T Data Saving”

[Procedure]
This procedure saves the printer data into the
hard disk of the main control unit.

1. Select the item to be saved.

2. Click [OK].

• The data are saved.

3. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.26 Data Download (45U)


The parameter displayed can be written from
the HDD in the main control unit to the memory
on the CTP22 circuit board.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintence” → “5 Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “U Data Download”

[Procedure]
This procedure loads the printer data into the
printer after the CTL21 circuit board has been
replaced.

1. Select the item to be downloaded.

2. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

• The data are downloaded.

3. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

4. Shut down and restart the system.


www.minilablaser.com

5.6 Printer Adjustment/Maintenance (45)

5.6.27 Precut Length Setting (45V)


This menu is used to set up the length of paper
leading end cutting. The leading end of paper is
cut after setting the paper magazine and before
starting printing after the system is started up.

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “5 Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “V Precut Length
Setting”

[Procedure]
This procedure sets up the length of paper
leading end precutting when setting the paper
magazine or starting the system.

1. Enter the precut length in “Pre-cut len.” box.

Range: 89.0 to 305.0mm

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)


5.7.1 Replenisher Pump Output Measurement/Setting (461)
Normally measure only PSR.
When execute this menu to confirm pump
operation for the P1R, P2RA or P2RB, return
the discharged replenisher into the replenisher
tank.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “1 Pump Output
Measurement/Setting”

[Procedure]

This procedure measures and corrects the


replenisher pump output.

1. Prepare a measuring cylinder.


www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

2. Remove the circulation filter section cover. PSR Supply Port Cover

3. Click [Start] for the box to be measured.

Circulation Filter Section Cover


CD866
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

• The alarm beeps intermittently for 10


seconds.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

NOTE: Click [Cancel] to stop the operation. Replenisher Nozzle

4. Before the pump starts discharging,


disconnect the replenisher nozzle and insert
it into the measuring cylinder.

• The replenisher pump starts discharging.

• The alarm beeps when discharging is


completed.

5. Insert the replenisher nozzle into the sub-


tank.
Measuring Cylinder
6. Place the measuring cylinder on a level CD090
surface, and then read and record the
output.

7. Pour the replenisher solution from the


measuring cylinder into the waste recovery
tank.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

8. Select the “Measured value” box, and enter


the recorded output value using the numeric
keys or the [↑] and [↓] keys.

NOTE: The machine automatically measures and


adjusts the pump output for P1-R, P2-RA and
P2-RB.

9. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.

10. Reinstall the circulation filter section cover.

11. Clean the measuring cylinder.


www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.2 Auto Cleaning Output Measurement/Setting (462)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “2 Auto Cleaning
Output Measurement/Setting”

[Procedure]

This procedure measures and corrects auto


cleaning pump output.

1. Prepare the measuring cup for auto-cleaning


output measurement.

2. Open the dryer unit.


www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

3. Install the splash prevention cover over the Splash Prevention Cover
dryer fan section.

CD091
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

4. Loosen the two screws and remove the No.1 Screws (2)
crossover rack.

NOTE: Do not remove the crossover racks not to be


measured.

No.1 Crossover Rack


CD092
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5. Release the tab and remove the auto- Locking Tab


cleaning nozzle from the No.1 crossover
rack.

Washer Nozzle

CD093
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

6. Drain the remaining water from the nozzle.

Washer Nozzle
CD873
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

7. Install the auto-cleaning nozzle in the


Measuring Cup
measuring cup.

Washer Nozzle
CD094
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

8. Install the measuring cup by aligning the


nozzle's rubber joint with the hole.

NOTE: Make sure the rubber joint is properly inserted. If


not, the solution will splash.

9. Press the [Start] button for the P1.

Measuring Cup

Rubber Boots
Hole
CD095
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

• The countdown starts.

NOTE: To stop the pump, press the [Cancel] button.

• The alarm beeps once when the discharging


is completed.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

10. If the output is completed, release the lock Measuring Cup


lever and remove the measuring cup.

Lock Release Lever


CD096
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

11. Put the measuring cup on the horizontal Measuring Cup


place, read the liquid amount and record it.

12. Dispose of the water from the measuring


cup.

13. Install the cleaning nozzle in the No.1


crossover rack, and install the rack in the P1
processing rack.

14. Move the cursor to the “Measured value” of


the P1 and enter the value recorded in step
16.
CD097

15. Release the lock and remove the No.2


crossover rack.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

16. Release the tab and remove the auto- No.2 Crossover Rack
cleaning nozzle from the No.2 crossover
rack.

17. Drain the remaining water from the nozzle.

Washer Nozzle

Locking Tab
CD098
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

18. Install the auto-cleaning nozzle in the Measuring Cup


measuring cup.

19. Repeat steps 8 to 18 for the P2.

20. Repeat steps 19 to 22 for the PS1 and PS3.

21. Click [OK].

• Operation reterns to the “4 Setup and


Washer Nozzle
Maintenance” screen.

22. Remove the splash prevention cover and CD099


close the dryer unit.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.3 Processing Temperature Setting (463)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “3 Processing
Temperature Setting”

[Procedure]
This procedure sets the processing
temperatures.

1. Enter the numerical values of the “P1”, “P2”


and “PS” processing temperatures.
Range Default Value
P1 30.0 to 40.0 38.5
P2 30.0 to 40.0 38.0
PS 30.0 to 40.0 38.0

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.4 Replenisher Rate Setting (464)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “4 Replenisher
Rate Setting”

[Procedure]
This procedure sets the replenishment amounts.

1. Enter the numerical values of the “P1-R”,


“P2-R” and “PS-R” replenishment amount.
Range Default Value
P1-R 30.0 to 200.0 45.0
P2-R 20.0 to 300.0 35.0
PS-R 100.0 to 300.0 175.0

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.5 Evaporation Correction Rate Setting (465)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “5 Evaporation
Correction Rate Settting”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets the evaporation correction


rate.

1. Select “YES” for “Evaporation Correction”


and “Standard” for “Humidity”.

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.6 Low Volume Setup (466)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “6 Low Volume
Setup”

[Procedure]
This procedure sets up low volume processing.

1. Select “YES” for “Low volume”.


2. Enter minimum processing amount in the
box.
Range: 0.0 to 15.0
3. Enter minimum processing amount for last
eight days in the box.
Range: 0.0 to 99.9
NOTE: Click [Clear] to clear all data.
4. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.7 Processor Temperature Calibration (467)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “7 Processor
Temperature Calibration”

[Procedure]

This procedure calibrates the processor section


temperatures.

1. Check that the display values have reached


the “Setting” temperatures.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

2. Turn the P1 filter holder 90° P1 Circulation Filter Holder


counterclockwise, remove the P1 circulation
filter and place it on a tray.

NOTE: Do not let the solution drip or run.

CD100
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

3. Measure the temperature of the processing Thermometer


solution and record it.

CD101
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

4. Reinstall the filter by aligning the fastening Tab


tab with the cutout, and then turn it 90°
clockwise.

5. If the “Setting” temperatures differ from the


values displayed, move the cursor to the
“Measured value” and enter the values
recorded in step 3.

Cutout
Range: 0.0 to 99.9

6. Click [Enter].
CD102
7. Repeat steps 1 to 6 for P2, PS2 and PS4.

8. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.8 Processor Input Check (468)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “8 Processor Input
Check”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the status of the


sensors.

• This screen shows the replenisher tank levels.


The levels are indicated by the color shown
below.
Upper limit: Blue
Middle level: Yellow
Lower limit: Red
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

1. Click [Next Page].

2. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.9 Processor I/O Check (46A)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “A Processor I/O
Check”

[Procedure]
This procedure displays the status of the
motors, solenoids and sensors.

[Next Page]: Displays the next screen.


[Previous Page]: Displays the previous screen.
[Cancel]: Operation returns to the “4
Setup and Maintenance”
screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

1. Click the required operation button.

• The respective motor or solenoid operates, if


it is normal.

2. Click [Cancel].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.10 Processor Operating Condition Setup (46B)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “B Processor
Operating condition Setup”

[Procedure]

This procedure sets up the processor operating


condition.

1. Select “YES” or “NO” for “Dryer section


preheat driving”.
2. Select “YES” for “Rack auto cleaning”.
3. Select “YES” or “NO” for “Auto intermittent
driving”.
4. Select “YES” or “NO” for “PS rack cleaning”.
5. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.11 Processor Operation Data Display (46C)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “C Processor
Operation Data Display”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the processor operation


data. The data can be cleared using menu 46D
(see subsection 5.7.12).

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.12 Clearing Selected Operation Data (46D)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “D Clearing
Selected Operation Data”

[Procedure]

This procedure clears specific items of


processor operation data (displayed in menus
46C and 46E).

1. Select the item to be cleared.

2. Click [OK].

• The selected data item is cleared.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.13 Processor Operation Data Display 2 (46E)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor


Adjustment/Maintenance” → “E Processor
Operation Data Display 2”

[Procedure]

This procedure displays the processor operation


data. The data can be cleared using menu 46D
(see subsection 5.7.12).

1. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.7 Processor Adjustment/Maintenance (46)

5.7.14 Installation (46F)

[Selection]
“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “6 Processor
Adjustment/Maintenance” → “F Installation”
[Procedure]
This procedure is used for setting, replenisher
system air bleeding and cartridge opening when
initial installation.

1. Select “CP-48S” for “Processing formula”.


2. Select “No use” for “External waste tank”.
3. Select “50Hz” or “60Hz” for “Frequency
setting” in accordance with the power supply
frequency.
4. Click [Set].
5. Execute “Washing pump aeration”,
“Opening” and “Replenisher pump aeration”
in this order by clicking the [Run] buttons.
6. Click [OK].
• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and
Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)


5.8.1 Trouble Help (491)
If an abnormality occurs in print image, the
cause can be diagnosed by following the
guidance on the screens.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “9 Self-


Diagnostic” → “1 Trouble Help”

[Procedure]

This procedure is used to diagnose any


abnormality of the print image by following the
screens (see chapter 6 “MSDP TROUBLE
HELP”).

1. Click “To The Manual for Image


Abnormalities”.
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

• The menu screen of “Manual for Image


Abnormalities” appears (see chapter 6).

2. Diagnose the mage problem by following the


indication of the screen.

3. Click “Back to cover”.

• Operation returns to the menu screen.

4. Click [END].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

5.8.2 Help Update (492)


This machine does not support this function.
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

5.8.3 Image Abnormality Analyzer (493)


Execute this function if abnormality occurs in the
print image without appearing any error.

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “9 Self-


Diagnostic” → “3 Image Abnormality Analyzer”

[Procedure]

This procedure is used to diagnose any


abnormality of the image processing functions
automatically.

1. Check mark the items to be checked.

2. Click [Start].
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

• The system checks the checking items in the


order listed and displays the result.
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

• Faulty circuit boards and cables are displayed


the end of the check list.

3. Click [Storage] to save data.


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

4. Insert the floppy disk into the drive of the


main control unit.

5. Select “Floppy (A:) and click [Save].

• The result data are saved into the floppy disk.

6. Click [End].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

5.8.4 Paper Feed Check (494)


The last 500 paper feeding data can be checked
in this menu

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintenance” → “9 Self-


Diagnostic” → “4 Paper Feed Check”

[Procedure]

This procedure is used to check the paper feed


system automatically.

1. Select menu 494.


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

2. Click [OK].
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

• The “(8) About” screen appears.


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

3. Click “View” and select the item to be display.

• The selected screen appears.


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

(1) Feed error log/Error occurrence order


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

(2) Feed error log/Number of error times order


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

(3) Feed sequence log/Raw data


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

(4) Feed sequence log/Passing time


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

(5) Feed sequence log/Side registration data


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

(6) Side registration calibration


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

(7) Feed sensor log

4. Click [Storage] to save data into the floppy


disk.
www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

5. Insert the floppy disk into the drive of the


main control unit.

6. Select “Floppy (A:) and click [Save].


www.minilablaser.com

5.8 Self-Diagnostic (49)

• The data are saved into the floppy disk.

NOTE: Click “Option” to select functions.

7. Click [OK].

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.9 Special Operations (410)


5.9.1 Paint (410A)
[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintence” → “10 Special


Operations” → “A Paint”

[Procedure]

Do this procedure to use “Paint”.

NOTE: For information on “Paint” operations, see the


Windows 2000® manual.

1. Press the [X] button in the upper right-hand


side of the screen.

NOTE: Be sure not press the emergency button.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.9 Special Operations (410)

5.9.2 Explorer (410B)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintence” → “10 Special


Operations” → “B Explorer”

[Procedure]

Do this procedure to use “Explorer”.

NOTE: For information on “Explorer” operations, see the


Windows 2000 manual.

1. Press the [X] button on the upper right-hand


side of the screen.

NOTE: Be sure not press the emergency button.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

5.9 Special Operations (410)

5.9.3 Command (49C)

[Selection]

“4 Setup and Maintence” → “10 Special


Operations” → “C Command”

[Procedure]

Do this procedure to perform MS-DOS


command operations.

NOTE: For information on “Command” operations, see


the MS-DOS® manual.

1. Press the [X] button on the upper right-hand


side of the screen.

• Operation returns to the “4 Setup and


Maintenance” screen.
www.minilablaser.com

6. TROUBLESHOOTING FOR ABNORMAL IMAGES


These troubleshooting flowcharts converted from maintenance menu 491 “Trouble Help” are used to
diagnose the cause of abnormal images.

6.1 Color Abnormalities


6.1.1 Non-existent image or too light / white print
6.1.2 Cyan non-existent or too light
6.1.3 Yellow non-existent or too light
6.1.4 Fogged magenta
6.1.5 Ghost
6.1.6 Color abnormality general

6.2 Color Misalignment


6.2.1 Each color shifts perpendicular to feeding direction (Increments of 1cm)
6.2.2 Each color shifts (Increments of 0.1mm)

6.3 Scratches
6.3.1 Red paper scratches at the leading end of black print
6.3.2 Scratch restoration malfunction or image scratch general
Straight continuous scratch in fixed image position even if the film is exchanged
6.3.3 Paper scratch general

6.4 Vignetting
6.4.1 Vignetting (NC100AC)
6.4.2 Vignetting (M69D/Negative)
6.4.3 Vignetting (M69D/Reversal)

6.5 Frame Misalignment


6.5.1 Frame misalignment in both monitor and print
6.5.2 Frame misalignment in prints, OK in monitor

6.6 Graininess and Jaggedness


6.6.1 Overall graininess
6.6.2 Jaggedness in large-size prints/Jaggedness of straight line

6.7 Streaks
6.7.1 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (53mm spacing)
6.7.2 2Streak perpendicular to feed direction (60mm spacing)
6.7.3 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred streak at 2mm of leading end)
6.7.4 Streak perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred streak at 13mm of leading end)
6.7.5 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks within 0 to 40mm of leading end)
6.7.6 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White clear streak at 4mm of trailing end)
6.7.7 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White/black blurred streak at 13mm of trailing end)
6.7.8 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (White clear streak at 13mm of trailing end)
6.7.9 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Black blurred streak at 23mm of trailing end)
www.minilablaser.com

6.7.10 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks within 0 to 25mm and at 33mm of trailing end)
6.7.11 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks at 48mm of trailing end)
6.7.12 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks at 52mm and 68 mm of trailing end)
6.7.13 Streaks perpendicular to feed direction (Pitch streaks at 72mm and 88 mm of trailing end)

6.8 White Border Imprecision


6.8.1 1White border imprecision (Shifted in feed direction)
6.8.2 White border imprecision (Shifted perpendicular to feed direction)
6.8.3 White border imprecision (Inclination)

6.9 Spots

6.10 Densitometer and Calibration Print Error


6.10.1 Repeated calibrations do not improve the result.
6.10.2 Calibration print density is too low to be measured.
6.10.3 Color becomes worse after calibration. Paper cannot be fed in Densitometer.

6.11 Focus Problems


6.11.1 Overall blur
6.11.2 Blur along the periphery
6.11.3 Periphery blur

6.12 Unevenness
6.12.1 Regular unevenness perpendicular to feeding direction (mm spacing)
6.12.2 Regular unevenness in feed direction (mm spacing)

6.13 Others
6.13.1 Setup confirmation when developer degraded (Developer Degradation)
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

6.1.1 Non-existent image or too light / white print


Make sure there is no problem with the original beforehand.

No
Non-existent image or too light/white print? B To 6.1.2

Yes

(I-7)

Check the monitor screen. No


Is the image on the monitor screen normal? A1

Yes

(I-1)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2. Calibration print condition is so light that
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. density cannot be measured.
A2 Paper Condition Setup”.
Click [Initialize] and execute calibration printing.
Check condition of calibration print.
(I-23)
Calibration print is normal.
Try to follow troubleshooting for
(I-2) “Calibration print density is too low to be End.
measured” in “Densitometer and
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2. Calibration Print Error”.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. End.
Paper Condition Setup”.
Measure density of calibration print. Densitometer and END
Has the trouble now been remedied? calibration
print error list
No END To 6.10.2
(I-3)

Try troubleshooting for “Densitometer and End.


Calibration Print Error”.

Go to item list of “Densitometer END


and Calibration Print Error”.

To Section 6.10
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

A1
No
(I-17)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
CCD Data Display”.
Light source burnt Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 Light source burnt out
out 1/4 or more. detecting condition”. Check each lighting color in units of pair.
and make sure condition of the light source on
the monitor screen. Do not stare the light
source.
Select item applicable.
Normal

(I-37)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “A. I/O
Check (Scanner)”. No
Check the shutter home position sensor for A3
proper operation by repeating “Open” and
“Close”.
Yes

(I-11)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?
No
END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).

(I-22) (I-19)
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. The LED circuit board may have
Check the harness between the LED and CTC malfunctioned. Yes
Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open
circuit and correct as necessary. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
No END
END (I-21)
(I-18)
The CTC circuit board may have
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
Replace the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
No END
END (I-4)
(I-20)
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
The LED circuit board may have carrier or image processing circuit boards).
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LED circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

A2

(I-6)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “G. Value is less than 490 or more than 560.
Scanning Position/Scanning Home
Position Parameter Setup”. (I-28)
Check value in “G Main scanning start position”. Setting value change
Change value of G main scanning start position
Value lies from to 525. Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. Yes
490 to 560. Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main
Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Rough Adjustment” to fine adjust scanning start
position. Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
(I-31)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. Printer
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “7. Printer Input Check”.
Remove the front upper cover, turn ON the
interlock switch and insert a sheet of paper Yes
near the sub-scanning area. Check the pre-
exposure sensor is operating properly on the (I-36)
“7. Printer Input Check” screen.
Is the sensor operating properly? Check LDA and image processing (GMB)
circuit boards for poor connection.
No Check connection between LDA and image Yes
processing (GMB) circuit boards for poor
(I-24) connection or open circuit and correct as
Check the pre-exposure sensor connection. necessary.
Check the pre-exposure sensor harness for Has the trouble now been remedied?
poor connection or open circuit and correct as Yes
No END
necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied? (I-41)

No The laser unit may have malfunctioned.


END Replace the laser unit.
Yes
(I-5) Has the trouble now been remedied?
CTP circuit board or pre-exposure sensor
may have malfunctioned.
No END
Check following items.
• Poor connection or open circuit between the (I-8)
CTP circuit board and the LDA circuit board. Yes
• Does voltage input/output normally from the Problem may be in the printer side (printer
CTP circuit board? exposure section or image processing circuit
Replace the CTP circuit board or pre-exposure boards).
sensor as necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END A3
(I-35)

Check circuit from pre-exposure sensor to (I-38)


downstream of power supply.
Checking shutter unit connector
Check harness between the shutter unit and Yes
the CTC circuit board for poor connection or
open circuit and correct as necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-39)
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the CTC circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-40)
The shutter unit may have malfunctioned.
Remove the CCD circuit board and replace the Yes
shutter unit.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

6.1.2 Cyan non-existent or too light

From 6.1.1 B

No
Cyan non-existent or too light? C To 6.1.3

Yes
(I-42)

Check the monitor screen. No


Is the image on the monitor screen normal? B1

Yes
(I-30)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. No
Paper Condition Setup”.
Execute calibration printing (Do not measure
print density). Is print normal? (I-44)
Yes Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
(I-15) It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes. No END
Is a solution to the problem found?
(I-12)
No END Check the R modulation cable and JML
circuit board cable.
(I-45) Open the cover under the monitor and check Yes
the R modulation cable (BNC) and JML circuit
Problem cannot be solved by “Image board for poor and improper connection. Then
Abnormality Analyzer”. execute calibration printing.
Does density become normal?

No END
(I-27)

The laser unit may have malfunctioned. Yes


Replace the laser unit.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-8)
Problem may be in the printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

B1

(I-43)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
Light source burnt CCD Data Display”. Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 out in units of pair.
detecting condition”. Check each lighting color
and make sure condition of the light source on
the monitor screen. Do not stare the light
source. Select item applicable.
Normal

(I-11)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).

(I-22) (I-19)
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. The LED circuit board may have
Check the harness between the LED and CTC malfunctioned. Yes
Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open
circuit and correct as necessary. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (I-21)
(I-18)
The CTC circuit board may have
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
Replace the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
The LED circuit board may have carrier or image processing circuit boards).
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LED circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

6.1.3 Yellow non-existent or too light

From 6.1.2 C

No
Yellow non-existent or too light? D To 6.1.4

Yes
(I-46)

Check the monitor screen. No


Is the image on the monitor screen normal? C1

Yes
(I-14)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2.
Print condition setup and Check” - “1. No
Paper Condition Setup”.
Execute calibration printing (Do not measure
print density). Is print normal? (I-25)
Yes Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
(I-15) It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes. No END
Is a solution to the problem found?
(I-26)
No END Check the input and output cables on the
AOM driver.
(I-45) Check input and output cables of the B-AOM Yes
driver for poor or incorrect connection and
Problem cannot be solved by “Image open circuit and correct as necessary.
Abnormality Analyzer”. Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-27)

The laser unit may have malfunctioned. Yes


Replace the laser unit.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-8)
Problem may be in the printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

C1

(I-43)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
Light source burnt CCD Data Display”. Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 out in units of pair.
detecting condition”. Check each lighting color
and make sure condition of the light source on
the monitor screen. Do not stare the light
source. Select item applicable.
Normal

(I-11)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).

(I-22) (I-19)
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. The LED circuit board may have
Check the harness between the LED and CTC malfunctioned. Yes
Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open
circuit and correct as necessary. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (I-21)
(I-18)
The CTC circuit board may have
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
Replace the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
The LED circuit board may have carrier or image processing circuit boards).
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LED circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

6.1.4 Fogged magenta

From 6.1.3 D

No
Fogged magenta? E To 6.1.6

Yes

(I-16)
Check the monitor screen. No
Is the image on the monitor screen normal? D1

Yes

(I-9)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1.
Paper Condition Setup”. No
Execute calibration printing.
Is calibration print normal? (I-10)
Yes Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “G.
(I-15) Scanning Position/Scanning Home 8800
Position Parameter Setup”.
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self- Is scanning start position detecting interval
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes 8800?
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found? No

No END (I-29)
Incorrect setting value
(I-45) Change value of scanning start position Yes
detecting interval to 8800 or contact Fujifilm.
Problem cannot be solved by Has the trouble now been remedied?
“Image Abnormality Analyzer”.
No END

(I-47)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
16.6-17.0mm pattern Printing”.
Print grid test pattern. Does the spacing
between vertical (paper feed direction) lines lie
(I-49) between 16.6 and 17.0 mm?

Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self- No


diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes. (I-50)
Is a solution to the problem found?
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
No END It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?
(I-48)
The LDA or LDD circuit board may have No END
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LDA or LDD circuit board. (I-13)
Has the trouble now been remedied?
The laser unit may have malfunctioned. Yes
No END Replace the laser unit.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
(I-8)
Problem may be in the printer side (printer No END
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards). (I-8)
Problem may be in the printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

D1

(I-43)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
Light source burnt CCD Data Display”. Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 out in units of pair.
detecting condition”. Check each lighting color
and make sure condition of the light source on
the monitor screen.
Do not stare the light source.
Select item applicable.

Normal

(I-11)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).

(I-22) (I-19)
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. The LED circuit board may have
Check the harness between the LED and CTC malfunctioned. Yes
Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open
circuit and correct as necessary. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (I-21)
(I-18)
The CTC circuit board may have
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
Replace the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
The LED circuit board may have carrier or image processing circuit boards).
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LED circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

6.1.5 Ghost

From 6.1.6 F

Ghost (The same shape appears on 54 mm No


left hand on high density area when the
leading end is positioned up. )?

Yes END
(I-59)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. No
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

Yes END
(I-55)

Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.


Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
Pattern Printing”. Yes
Print wide-size “Borderless contact” test
pattern. Place the print with its leading end up.
Is magenta density of left side on the boarder
of 54 mm from the right end image high?
(I-57)
No
The AOM driver may have malfunctioned.
(I-45) Replace the AOM driver.

Problem cannot be solved by


“Image Abnormality Analyzer”.
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

6.1.6 Color abnormality general

From 6.1.4 E

No
Color abnormality general? F To 6.1.5

Yes

(I-51)

Check the monitor screen. No


Is the image on the monitor screen normal? E1

Yes

(I-53)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “1. No
Paper Condition Setup”.
Execute calibration printing.
Is calibration print normal? (I-32)
Yes Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
(I-56) It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes. No END
Is a solution to the problem found?
(I-34)
No END Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “2.
Print Condition Setup and Check” - “3. Yes
(I-45) Control Strip Processing”.
Is color tint normal?
Problem cannot be solved by “Image
Abnormality Analyzer”. No
(I-54)
Problem may be in printer
exposure section or image
processing circuit boards.

(I-58)
The processor may be set incorrectly.
Try to follow troubleshooting for “Developer End
Degradation” of “Others” item.

Go to item of “Others”.
END

To Section 6.13
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

E1

(I-33)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No
(I-52) END

Problem cannot be solved by “Manual for


Dealing Image Abnormalities”. Yes
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
carrier or image processing circuit boards).

No END
(I-17)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
Light source burnt CCD Data Display”. Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 out in units of pair.
detecting condition”. Check each lighting color
and make sure condition of the light source on
the monitor screen. Do not stare the light
source. Select item applicable.
Normal
(I-37)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “A. I/O
Check (Scanner)”. No
Check the shutter home position sensor for E2
proper operation by repeating “Open” and
“Close”.
Yes
(I-11)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No
(I-4) END

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).

(I-22) (I-19)
The LED circuit board may have
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. malfunctioned. Yes
Check the harness between the LED and CTC Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open Has the trouble now been remedied?
circuit and correct as necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied? No END
No (I-21)
END The CTC circuit board may have
(I-18) malfunctioned. Yes
The CTC circuit board may have Replace the CTC circuit board.
malfunctioned. Yes Has the trouble now been remedied?
Replace the CTC circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied? No END
No END (I-4)
(I-20)
The LED circuit board may have Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
malfunctioned. Yes carrier or image processing circuit boards).
Replace the LED circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.1 Color Abnormalities

E2

(I-38)
Checking shutter unit connector
Check harness between the shutter unit and
the CTC circuit board for poor connection or Yes
open circuit and correct as necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-39)
The CTC circuit board may have
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the CTC circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-40)
The shutter unit may have malfunctioned.
Remove the CCD circuit board and replace the Yes
shutter unit.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(I-4)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.2 Color Misalignment


6.2.1 Each color shifts perpendicular to feeding direction
(Increments of 1cm)
The printer is much influenced by vibration. Make sure color misalignment is not caused by vibration from external factor at scanning
or exposing or by faulty original.

Each color shifts.


(increments of 0.1mm)
Select an appropriate item B To 6.2.2

Each color shifts


perpendicular to feeding.
direction (increments of 1cm)
(U-6)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test No
Pattern Printing”.
Print grid test pattern.
Is print normal?
Yes
(U-1)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(U-8)

The trouble may be in scanner side (scanner, (U-9)


carrier or image processing circuit board).
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “G.
Inequalities are Scanning Position/Scanning Home Position
not satisfied. Parameter Setup”.
(U-14) Are the inequalities “450 G main scanning
home position 560”, “290 Main scanning
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. shift amount (G-R) 350” and “600 Main
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - ”U. Data scanning shift amount (G-B) 660” satisfied?
Download”.
The inequalities
Select parameter and execute. Then make Inequalities are
are satisfied.
sure the inequalities “450 G main scanning satisfied.
home position 560”, “290 Main scanning
shift amount (G-R) 350” and “600 Main (U-2)
scanning shift amount (G-B) 660” are
Check R modulation, input and output
satisfied.
cables from LDA circuit board.
Not changed Check R modulation, input and output cables Yes
from LDA circuit board for poor connection or
(U-15) open circuit and reconnect correctly or repair.
Change setting values. Then perform calibration.
Change G main scanning home position, main Has the trouble now been remedied?
scanning shift amount (G-R) and main
scanning shift amount (G-B) to default values. No END
And execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”-“5. Yes
Printer Adjustment / Maintenance”-“H. Main (U-4)
Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J. Laser Beam Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”. diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
Has the trouble now been remedied? It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?
No END
(U-3) No END
The trouble may be in printer (exposure (U-3)
section or image processing circuit board.)
The trouble may be in printer (exposure
section or image processing circuit board.)

(U-16)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H.
Main Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Yes
Beam Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J.
Laser Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
(U-3)

The trouble may be in printer (exposure


section or image processing circuit board.)
www.minilablaser.com

6.2 Color Misalignment

6.2.2 Each color shifts (Increments of 0.1mm)


From 6.2.1 B

(U-10)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
Pattern Printing”. No
Print grid test pattern (3 color level values:20).
Then check the amount of shift from grid using
a magnifier.
Is color shift less than 20 micrometer?
Yes

(U-18)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”-“9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(U-8)

The trouble may be in scanner side (scanner, (U-5)


carrier or image processing circuit board). Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5. Line shift of vertical line
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main (feed direction) is more
Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Line shift of horizontal line (sub-scanning direction) is more Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J. Laser than 10 micrometer.
than 20 micrometer. Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”.
Adjust laser beam synchronization and print
test pattern (grid) again. Check the amount of
shift from grid using a magnifier.
Shift amount of horizontal line is less than 20
micrometer and vertical line is less than 10
micrometer.
(U-11)
The performance limit of shift amount in
transverse direction of feeding is within 10
micrometer and in feeding direction is withing
20 micrometer.

(U-12)
Check setting again and execute “4. Setup
and Maintenance” - “5. Printer
Readjust laser beam synchronization. Adjustment/Maintenance” - “H. Main End
(U-13) Scanning Position Adjustment/Laser Beam
Sysc. Rough Adjustment” and “J. Laser
Check laser beam synchronization Shift amount for each color is Beam Sync. Fine Adjustment Print”.
adjustment print. less than 200 micrometer. Color shift cannot be remedied
Check the amount of shift from horizontal line by adjustment of three times. END
(sub-scanning direction) using a magnifier. (U-20)
Shift amount or each (U-17) Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
color is more than 200 diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
micrometer. Confirm setting values.
Shift can be adjusted by changing It will take approximately 10 minutes.
setting values. Check shifted color Has the trouble now been remedied?
order and setting and execute laser
beam synchronization adjustment print No END
again.
(U-3)
(U-19)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self- The trouble may be in printer (exposure
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes section or image processing circuit board.)
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(U-7)

The laser unit may be faulty. Yes


Replace the laser unit.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(U-3)

The trouble may be in printer (exposure


section or image processing circuit board.)
www.minilablaser.com

6.3 Scratches
6.3.1 Red paper scratches at the leading end of black print

From 6.3.3 B

Red paper scratches at the leading end of No


black print? C To 6.3.2

Yes

(A-22)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
Pattern Printing”. Red scratches appear on first several prints.
Print “Borderless contact” test pattern
continuously. Then observe the leading end of
prints. (A-23)
Always red
scratches appear. Processor cleaning. Yes
(A-24) Clean crossover racks.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
The cutter unit may have malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the cutter unit. No END
Has the trouble now been remedied?
(A-25)
No END Problem cannot be solved by “Manual for
(A-25) Dealing with Image Abnormalities”.

Problem cannot be solved by “Manual for


Dealing with Image Abnormalities”.

6.3.2 Scratch restoration malfunction or image scratch


general
Straight continuous scratch in fixed image position
even if the film is exchanged

From 6.3.1 C

Scratch restoration malfunction or image Yes


scratch general? C1

No

Straight continuous scratch in fixed image Yes


position even if the film is exchanged?
(A-18)
No
Inside inspection of the carrier
The carrier may be cause of film scratch. Clean
and inspect the film guides on the carrier. Replace
END the carrier if the films are scratched at the same
location by the carrier.
www.minilablaser.com

6.3 Scratches

C1

(A-8)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
Light source burnt CCD Data Display”. Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 out in units of pair.
detecting condition”. Check each lighting color
and make sure condition of the light source on
the monitor screen. Do not stare the light
source. Select item applicable.
Normal

(A-6)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(A-15)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).

(A-12) (A-14)
Check the connector to the LED circuit board. The LED circuit board may have
Check the harness between the LED and CTC malfunctioned. Yes
Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
circuit boards for poor connection or open
circuit and correct as necessary. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (A-13)
(A-17)
The CTC circuit board may have
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
Replace the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (A-15)
(A-16)
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
The LED circuit board may have carrier or image processing circuit boards).
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LED circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(A-15)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.3 Scratches

6.3.3 Paper scratch general


Make sure there is no scratches on the original beforehand.

Paper scratch general? No


B To 6.3.1

Yes

(A-1)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test No
Pattern Printing”. A1
Print “Borderless contact” test pattern.
Is print normal?
Yes

(A-8)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “C.
CCD Data Display”.
Light source burnt Remove the diffusion box and execute “135 Light source burnt
out 1/4 or more. detecting condition”. Check light color IR and out in units of pair.
make sure lighting condition on the monitor
screen. If the amount of light is insufficient,
increase value of accumulated time. Do not
stare the light source.
Select item applicable.

Normal

(A-6)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(A-15)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).

(A-12) (A-14)
Checking connector on the LED circuit board The CTC circuit board may have
Check wire harness between the LED circuit malfunctioned. Yes
board and the CTC circuit board for poor Yes Replace the CTC circuit board.
connection or open circuit and correct as Has the trouble now been remedied?
necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied? No END
No END (A-13)
(A-17)
The LED circuit board may have
The CTC circuit board may have malfunctioned. Yes
malfunctioned. Yes Replace the LED circuit board.
Replace the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
No END (A-15)
(A-16)
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
The LED circuit board may have carrier or image processing circuit boards).
malfunctioned. Yes
Replace the LED circuit board.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(A-15)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.3 Scratches

A1

(A-2)

Observe paper scratches. No


Is scratches colored?
(A-3)
Yes
Performing post-operational check.
(A-9) Perform post-operational check to wash
Yes
processing racks. Then print ”Borderless
Magazine inspection contact” test pattern.
Remove the magazine and try to pull paper No Has print now been returned normal?
out by hand.
Is paper scratched? No

Yes (A-4)

(A-10) Processor cleaning


Clean the crossover racks, processing racks, Yes
The magazine may have malfunctioned. dryer guides and rollers.
Inspect the magazine in a dark bag. Replace Has the trouble now been remedied?
Yes
the magazine if paper scratches cannot be
remedied.
Has the trouble now been remedied? No
(A-7)
No Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “6.
END Processor Adjustment/Maintenance” -
(A-5) “B. Processor Operation Condition
Setup”.
Problem may be in printer side (printer If “No” for “Rack auto cleaning” is selected, it
exposure section or image processing circuit is recommended that “Yes” be selected.
boards).
(A-5)
Problem may be in printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards).
(A-11)

Printer feed unit inspection


Remove the printer feed unit and pass paper No
through the unit by hand.
Is paper scratched?

(A-20)
Yes

(A-19) Printer exit unit inspection.


Yes Remove the printer exit unit and pass paper
An unit may have malfunctioned. through the unit by hand.
Check and clean the suspected location of the Is paper scratched?
feed path. Yes
Replace the unit if scratches cannot be No
remedied.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
(A-26)
No END Sub-scanning unit inspection.
Yes Remove the sub-scanning unit and pass paper
(A-5) through the unit by hand.
Problem may be in printer side (printer Is paper scratched?
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards).
No

(A-21)

Registration unit inspection.


Yes Remove the registration unit and pass paper
through the unit by hand.
Is paper scratched?

No

(A-5)
Problem may be in printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing circuit
boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.4 Vignetting
6.4.1 Vignetting (NC100AC)
Make sure there is no problem with the original and the carrier is installed correctly beforehand.

No
Vignetting (NC100AC) ? B To 6.4.2

Yes

(K-11)

Observing print images.


Check the vignette edge for unclearness or Unclearness or jaggies at the end
jaggies. (Clearness: Printer exposure section
or image processing circuit boards)
(Unclearness or jaggies: Scanner or carrier)

Clearness

(K-12)

Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.


Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
Pattern Printing”. Yes
Print “Bordered contact” test pattern
continuously.
Is the edge of print normal?

No

(K-13) (K-21)
Problem may be in printer side (printer
exposure section or image processing End Confirming vignetting position.
circuit boards). No
Observe the film and print. Is vignetting top or A1
Try to follow ”White Border Imprecision” item. bottom when the film is in feed direction?

Go to “White Border END


Imprecision” item list. Yes

To Section 6.8 (K-2)

Connect the carrier to the plug-in


connector using the carrier extension cable
and open the upper cover. Execute “4.
Setup and Maintenance”- “3. Scanner
No
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F NC100AC
I/O Check” ( NC100AC carrier only ).
(K-3) Click [Mask motor]. Is the variable mask
operating properly?If the carrier extension
Checking connection to the CTC circuit board. cable is not available, hear operating noise.
Check the harness to the CTC circuit board for
poor connection or open circuit and correct as Yes Yes
necessary.
Check connector pins for bending. (K-7)
Has the trouble now been remedied?
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
No END Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “K
NC100AC Machine Data Setup” Yes
(K-6) ( NC100AC carrier only).
Fine adjust the correction value of mask home
position. Has the trouble now been remedied?
The CTC circuit board or variable mask
mechanism may have malfunctioned.
Check: No END
the CTC circuit board for correct input and
output voltages. (K-31)
the variable mask for proper operation by Yes
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
fingers. diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
Replace the CTC circuit board or variable It will take approximately 10 minutes.
mask (or carrier) as necessary. Is a solution to the problem found?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No END
(K-8)
No END
Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
(K-8) carrier or image processing circuit boards).

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.4 Vignetting

A1

(K-5)
Confirming upper and lower masks.
Open the carrier upper cover and check the
upper and lower masks:
for bent? Yes
for broken?
Replace the upper and lower masks as
necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No
END
(K-1)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “4.
Carrier Adjustment/Maintenance” - “1.
Mask Opening Position Correction” to Yes
adjust position.
Click [Measure] and adjust position using the
arrow keys.
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
END
(K-4)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “E
Optical Axis Adjustment”. Yes
Execute “Optical Axis Adjustment” (a focus
chart jig is required).
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(K-2)
Connect the carrier to the plug-in
connector using the carrier extension cable
and open the upper cover. Execute “4.
Setup and Maintenance”- “3. Scanner
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “F NC100AC Yes
I/O Check” ( NC100AC carrier only ).
Click [Mask motor]. Is the variable mask
operating properly? (K-7)
If the carrier extension cable is not available, Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3.
hear operating noise. Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “K
NC100AC Machine Data Setup” Yes
No ( NC100AC carrier only ).
(K-3) Fine adjust the correction value of mask home
position.
Checking connection to the CTC circuit board. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Check the harness to the CTC circuit board for
poor connection or open circuit and correct as Yes No END
necessary. (K-31)
Check connector pins for bending.
Has the trouble now been remedied? Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
No It will take approximately 10 minutes.
END Is a solution to the problem found?
(K-6)
No END
The CTC circuit board or variable mask
mechanism may have malfunctioned. (K-8)
Check:
the CTC circuit board for correct input and Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,
output voltages. Yes carrier or image processing circuit boards).
the variable mask for proper operation by
fingers.
Replace the CTC circuit board or variable
mask (or carrier) as necessary.
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No
END
(K-8)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.4 Vignetting

6.4.2 Vignetting (M69D/Negative)


From 6.4.1 B

No
Vignetting (M69D/Negative) ? C To 6.4.3

Yes
(K-14)

Confirming vignetting position.


Yes
Observe the film and print. Is vignetting right or B1
left-hand when the film is in feed direction?

No
(K-16)

Observing print images. White


Is color of the vignetted edge black?

(K-17)
Black
(K-23) Confirming carrier position.
Remove the carrier and reinstall it correctly. Yes
Adjust the position of the film guide in the (Remove foreign matter.)
Yes
carrier. Has the trouble now been remedied?
Has the trouble now been remedied?
No
No END
END (K-18)

From 6.4.3 B2 Observing print images.


Unclearness or
jaggies at the end Check the vignette edge for unclearness or
jaggies. (Clearness: Printer exposure section
or image processing circuit boards )
(K-28) (Unclearness or jaggies: Scanner or carrier)
Inspecting the inside of the carrier.
Check the carrier upper mask and shading Clearness
parts for distortion. Remove dust and dirt from Yes
the inside of the carrier. (K-19)
Clean or replace the part or carrier as
necessary. Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance” - “5.
Has the trouble now been remedied? Printer Adjustment/Maintenance” - “3. Test
Yes
Pattern Printing”. B3
No Print “Bordered contact” test pattern
END continuously. Is the edge of print normal?
(K-29) No
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “4. Carrier
Adjustment/Maintenance” - “1. Mask Opening
Position Correction” to adjust position. Yes (K-13)
Click [Measure] and adjust position using the Problem may be in printer side (printer
arrow keys. exposure section or image processing End
Has the trouble now been remedied? circuit boards).
No Try to follow “White Border Imprecision” item.
END
(K-30) Go to “White Border
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “3. Imprecision” item list. END
Scanner Adjustment/Maintenance” - “E
Optical Axis Adjustment”. Yes
Execute “Optical Axis Adjustment” (a focus To Section 6.8
chart jig is required).
Has the trouble now been remedied?

No END
(K-31)
Execute “4. Setup and Maintenance”- “9. Self-
diagnosis” - “3. Image Abnormality Analyzer”. Yes
It will take approximately 10 minutes.
Is a solution to the problem found?

No END
(K-8)

Problem may be in the scanner side (scanner,


carrier or image processing circuit boards).
www.minilablaser.com

6.4 Vignetting

B1

(K-15)

Observing print images. White


Is color of the vignetted edge black?
(K-24)
Black Observing print images. Unclearness or
Check the vignette edge for unclearness or jaggies at the end
jaggies. (Clearness: Printer exposure section B2